Перевод: со всех языков на английский

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Французский

has taken up in conjunction with

1 συναναιρέω

συναναιρ-έω,

A take up together with, τινά τινι Antipho 5.42
.

II destroy together with, τινά τινι Isoc.Ep.2.3
, Plb.5.11.5, etc.; τι ἅμα τινί Id.6.46.7
; simply, destroy at the same time, Phld.Mus.p.37 K.:—[voice] Pass., to be destroyed together with, τινι Lycurg.60: abs., Diog.Oen.58.

2 destroy altogether or utterly, in [voice] Pass., τὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ταχὺ ξυναναιρεθήσεσθαι v.l. for ξυναιρ- in Th.8.24.

3 in the Logic of Arist., σ. τὸ γένος καὶ ἡ διαφορὰ τὸ εἶδος the genus and difference (being abolished) abolish also the species, Top. 141b28, cf. 123a15, Metaph. 1059b30; τὸ.. αἰσθητὸν ἀναιρεθὲν συναναιρεῖ τὴν αἴσθησιν· ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τὸ αἰσθητὸν οὐ ς. Cat. 7b38, cf. Ammon.in Cat.74.6, 19.

III give the same answer, ἐὰν καὶ ἡ Πυθία συναναιρῇ Pl.R. 540c
; cf. ἀναιρέω A.111
.

IV παρακληθεὶς.. συνανίρηται ([etym.] - ῄρηται) αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα δύο has taken up in conjunction with them two loans, BGU1133.4 (i B.C.); cf. ἀναιρέω B.1.6
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συναναιρέω
2 τε

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).

A as a Conjunction,

I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
; δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375; τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b; λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
; ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3; τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.); κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε E.IA56
, cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.

2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v. οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.

3 τε ( both) sts. corresponds to a following δέ ( and), or τε ( and) to a preceding μέν, e.g.

a τε.. δὲ.. , as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625; ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
; διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.

b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.

4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c; Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; κύνεσσιν οἰωνοῖσί τε πᾶσι 1.5
; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; δάκνει σ' ἀδελφὸς ὅ τε θανὼν ἴσως πατήρ E.El. 242
, cf. 253, 262, al.; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7; πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.); χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7; ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4; ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.); καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; ἀταράχους τήν τε δύναμιν ἀκαθαιρέτους Sor.1.21
, cf. 24, al.; ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6; χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.

II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.1.7
; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293; ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
; βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
; ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
; βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ S.Ant. 181
; μεσαμβρίη τέ ἐστι καὶ τὸ κάρτα γίνεται ψυχρόν Hdt.4.181
; ἔτυχόν τε ὕσταται ἐξαναχθεῖσαι καί κως κατεῖδον Id.7.194
; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193; ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; χωρὶς τό τ' εἰπεῖν πολλὰ καὶ τὰ καίρια S.OC 808
; ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A.Pr. 927
; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
; ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
; θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
; πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g. τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6, ἄλλως 1.3
.

2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep., σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.

3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.

b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
; καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
; καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.

4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ἄλλα τε ἐπιφραζόμενος καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐπεπόμφεε Hdt.1.85
; ἀλλῳ τε τρόπῳ πειράζοντες καὶ μηχανὴν προσήγαγον Th.4.100
; τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.

5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.

B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Il.19.221
; οὐ γάρ τ' αἶψα θεῶν τρέπεται νόος αἰὲν ἐόντων Od.3.147
; θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; ξυνὸς Ἐνυάλιος καί τε κτανέοντα κατέκτα 18.309
, cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526; ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
; οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
; οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; ἄλλος γάρ τ' ἄλλοισιν ἀνὴρ ἐπιτέρπεται ἔργοις Od.14.228
, cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322; ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
; παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
; αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307; τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ὀλίγη δέ τ' ἀνάπνευσις πολέμοιο 18.201
; νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
; κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
; σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied); ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
; οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521; μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.

2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
; Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
; δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.

3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:

a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
; ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
; εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6; ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.

b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
; ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
; ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt., ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.

c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9; εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.

4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; πάντων ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει τε καὶ ἕρπει 17.447
, cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; βάλλειν ἄγρια πάντα τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη 5.52
, cf. 18.485.

5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160; ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332; κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
; μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
; οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.

6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608; ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
; ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
; αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294; οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415; οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464; πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
; οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.

7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
; Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
; Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; νυμφάων αἵ τ' ἄλσεα καλὰ νέμονται καὶ πηγὰς ποταμῶν Il.20.8
; Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν' ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Il.23.43
, cf. 2.669, Od.5.4; Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
; Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
; Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
; τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
; ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
; σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
; καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.

8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; ἔνθα δέ τ' ὄρνιθες τανυσίπτεροι εὐνάζοντο 5.65
, cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; δοιαὶ γάρ τε πύλαι ἀμενηνῶν εἰσὶν ὀνείρων 19.562
; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
; ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266; ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.

9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.

10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; τοῦ δ' ἤτοι κλέος ἔσται ὅσον τ' ἐπικίδναται ἠώς 7.451
; ὅτε τόσσον ἀπῆν ὅσσον τε γέγωνε βοήσας Od.9.473
, cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358; ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.

11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535, ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.

II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing) Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. has τά πέρ τε 1.74
, ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al., οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; ἀφ' οὗ τε UPZ62.8
(ii B.C.); ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); οἵ τε GDI215.23
(Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962; ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
; οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.

C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:

1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
; ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) in οὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; σὲ δέ τ' ἐνθάδε γῦπες ἔδονται 16.836
; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν 13.47
, cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.

2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ὣς ἄγαγ' ὡς μήτ' ἄρ τις ἴδῃ μήτ' ἄρ τε νοήσῃ Il.24.337
; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ') ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ') ; δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.

3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
; σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187; ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; οὐ μήν οἱ τό γε κάλλιον οὐδέ τ' ἄμεινον Il.24.52
.

4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
; τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166; εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.); ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
; νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
; πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
; δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
; ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ') , τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
; οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
; οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
; οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.

5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18; ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τ' ἦλθον Ἀμαζόνες 3.189
(but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); ὅτε τ' ἤλυθε νόσφιν Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ἐς Θήβας 5.803
, cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.

6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ' ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Il.1.244
, cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.

7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom., ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.

8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.

9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.

10 Rarer and later uses;

a also, esp. with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483; ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.); ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.); τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.

b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.

c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.

D Position of τε:

1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; ἡμέτεραί τ' ἄλοχοι καὶ νήπια τέκνα 2.136
, cf. 4.505, 7.295; αἰεί τε δὴ νηλὴς οὺ καὶ θράσους πλέως A.Pr.42
codd., cf. 291 (anap.); ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
; ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Pl.R. 537a
, cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.); πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
; ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.

2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε.

E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Skt. ca, Lat. - que; for signfs. B and c cf. Skt. ca in yá[hudot ] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Lat. - que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Goth. ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Lat. namque (= nam).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τε
3 γίνομαι

γίνομαι (in the form γίγνομαι [s. below] Hom.+; as γίν. since Aristot.+; and s. Kühner-Bl. II p. 391; Schwyzer I 215; KBrugmann⁴-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 126; Mayser p. 165 and lit. there). Impf. ἐγινόμην; fut. γενήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐγενόμην, 3 sg. opt. γένοιτο; very rare v.l. (B-D-F §81, 3) γενάμενος (GJs 6:1; 16;1; 25:1 [s. deStrycker 249]; also found in Ps.-Callisth. 1, 20, 1; 1, 41, 11; ApcEsdr 1:3 p. 24, 7 Tdf.; Mel., P. 49, 346 [Bodm.]). Pass.: fut. ptc. τῶν γενηθησομένων (Eccl 1:11 v.l.); 1 aor. ἐγενήθην (Doric, H. Gk.; Phryn. 108 Lob.; pap fr. III B.C., Mayser I/2² ’38, 157f [w. lit.]; ins [Schweizer 181; Nachmanson 168; Thieme 13]; LXX), impv. γενηθήτω; pf. γεγένημαι (Meisterhans³-Schw.: Att. ins since 376 B.C.; Mayser 391) uncontested use in NT only J 2:9; GJs 24:3 (γεγένν-pap); apolog. On pf. γέγονα s. Meisterhans³-Schw.: since 464 B.C.; Mayser 372; on the aoristic use of γέγονα s. Mlt. 145f; 238; 239; PChantraine, Histoire du parfait grec 1927, 233–45; 3 pl. γέγοναν Ro 16:7 (v.l. γεγόνασιν) and Rv 21:6; s. KBuresch, Γέγοναν: RhM 46, 1891, 193ff; Mlt. 52 n.; ptc. γεγονώς; plpf. 3 sg. ἐγεγόνει (1 Macc. 4:27; 2 Macc. 13:17; J 6:17; Just.), without augment γεγόνει (Ac 4:22; v.l. ἐγεγόνει), s. B-D-F §78; Mlt-H. 190. On the variation γίνομαι and γίγνομαι s. W-S. §5, 31; B-D-F §34, 4; Mlt-H. 108. A verb with numerous nuances relating to being and manner of being. Its contrast to the more static term εἰμί can be seen in Kaibel 595, 5 οὐκ ἤμην καὶ ἐγενόμην=I was not and then I came to be (cp. Ath. 4, 2 in 3 below).

① to come into being through process of birth or natural production, be born, be produced (SIG 1168, 6; Epict. 2, 17, 8; Wsd 7:3; Sir 44:9; Just., A I, 13, 3; Tat. 26, 2) J 8:58; w. ἔκ τινος foll. (Diod S 3, 64, 1; Appian, Basil. 5 §1; Parthenius 1, 4; Athen. 13, 37 p. 576c ἐξ ἑταίρας; PPetr III, 2, 20; PFlor 382, 38 ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ γενόμενος υἱός; 1 Esdr 4:16; Tob 8:6; Jos., Ant. 2, 216) Ro 1:3; Gal 4:4 (cp. 1QS 11:21). Also of plants 1 Cor 15:37. Of fruits ἔκ τινος be produced by a tree Mt 21:19 (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 13 ὁ ἐκ τ. χώρας γιγνόμενος σῖτος). W. ἀπό τινος foll. Ox 1081 (SJCh), 11 γε̣[ινόμε]νον, 14 γέγ[ονος], 14f γε[ι]νομεν[ον], 19 γέγονος.

② to come into existence, be made, be created, be manufactured, be performed

ⓐ gener. ὸ̔ γέγονεν J 1:3c (s. ref. to Vawter, below); w. διά τινος vs. 3a (MTeschendorf, D. Schöpfungsged. im NT: StKr 104, ’32, 337–72). W. χωρίς τινος vs. 3b (IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 15 [103 A.D.] Ἐμοῦ δὲ χωρὶς γείνετʼ οὐδὲν πώποτε; Cleanthes, Hymn to Zeus 15 [Stoic. I 537=Coll. Alex. no. 1 p. 227] οὐδέ τι γίγνεται ἔργον σοῦ δίχα; note the related style 1QH 1:20; on the syntax of J 1:3f see BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6, who favors a full stop after οὐδὲ ἕν, s. εἷς 2b and lit. cited there on J 1:3). W. ἔκ τινος Hb 11:3. Of cult images διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι made w. hands Ac 19:26 (cp. PRyl 231, 3 [40 A.D.] τοὺς ἄρτους γενέσθαι). Of miracles: be done, take place (Tob 11:15; Wsd 19:13 v.l. Swete) Mt 11:20f, 23; Lk 10:13; Ac 8:13. ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο on whom this miracle had been performed 4:22. W. mention of the author διά τινος (cp. 4 Macc 17:11) 2:43; 4:16, 30; 12:9; 24:2. διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Mk 6:2; Ac 14:3. ὑπό τινος (Herodian 8, 4, 2; OGI 168, 46 [115 B.C.] τὰ γεγονότα ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς φιλάνθρωπα; UPZ III, 3, 7 [116 B.C.]; PTebt 786, 14 [II B.C.]; Wsd 9:2; Jos., Ant. 8, 111; 347; Just., D. 35, 8 τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ [Jesus] καὶ νῦν γινομένων δυνάμεων) Lk 9:7 v.l.; 13:17; 23:8; Eph 5:12. Of commands, instructions be fulfilled, performed γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου thy will be done (Appian, Liby. 90 §423 τὸ πρόσταγμα δεῖ γενέσθαι; Syntipas p. 25, 3 γενέσθω τὸ αἴτημα) Mt 6:10; 26:42; Lk 11:2; cp. 22:42. γέγονεν ὸ̔ ἐπέταξας your order has been carried out 14:22. γενέσθαι τὸ αἴτημα αὐτῶν that their demand should be granted 23:24. Of institutions: be established, the Sabbath for the sake of humans Mk 2:27 (Crates, Ep. 24 οὐ γεγόνασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τ. ἵππων χάριν, ἀλλʼ οἱ ἵπποι τ. ἀνθρώπων).

ⓑ w. mention of the special nature of an undertaking: ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί in order to have such action taken in my case 1 Cor 9:15. ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; what will be done when it (the wood) is dry? Lk 23:31.

③ come into being as an event or phenomenon from a point of origin, arise, come about, develop (Alcaeus 23 Diehl² [320 L-P.] καί κʼ οὐδὲν ἐκ δένος γένοιτο=nothing could originate from nothing; Ath. 4:2 τὸ ὸ̓ν οὐ γίνεται ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ὸ̓ν)

ⓐ of events or phenomena in nature (Sir 40:10; Ex 10:22; Job 40:23; Jos., Ant. 9, 36): lightning, thunder (X., An. 3, 1, 11) J 12:29; Rv 8:5; 11:19; calm (on the sea) Mt 8:26; Mk 4:39; Lk 8:24; storm Mk 4:37; a cloud (cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 36) 9:7; Lk 9:34; Hv 4, 3, 7; flood Lk 6:48; earthquake (Parian Marbles [III B.C.]=FGrH: 239B, 24) Mt 8:24; 28:2; Ac 16:26; Rv 6:12; 11:13; 16:18; darkness Mt 27:45; Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44; J 6:17; hail, fire Rv 8:7. Of a dawning day ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο (cp. περὶ ἀρχομένην ἡμέραν ‘about dawn’ Jos., Vi 15: in a related story of shipwreck) Ac 27:39.

ⓑ of other occurrences (Arrian, Anab. 4, 4, 3 τὰ ἱερὰ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο=the sacrifice did not turn out [favorably]; 1 Macc 1:25; 4:58; 9:27; 13:44; Jdth 7:29; 14:19 al.): complaining Ac 6:1; persecution, oppression Mt 13:21; 24:21; Mk 4:17; 13:19; Ac 11:19; discussion J 3:25; Ac 15:7; tumult Mt 26:5; 27:24; GJs 21:1 and 25:1; a sound Ac 2:2, 6; weeping 20:37; clamor 23:9; Mt 25:6; AcPl Ha 4, 6; famine Lk 4:25; 15:14; Ac 11:28; ὁρμή (q.v.) 14:5; war Rv 12:7; sharp contention Ac 15:39; tear (in a garment) Mt 9:16; Mk 2:21; Lk 6:49; silence (s. σιγή) Ac 21:40; Rv 8:1; στάσις (q.v. 2) Lk 23:19; Ac 15:2; 23:7, 10; concourse 21:30; confusion 19:23; shout, loud voice 2:6; 19:34; Rv 11:15; dispute Lk 22:24; envy, strife 1 Ti 6:4; astonishment AcPl Ha 4, 25; joy 6, 3; prayer 6, 7; offering 6, 37.

ⓒ of the various divisions of a day (Jdth 13:1; 1 Macc 5:30; 4 Macc 3:8 al.) γενομένης ἡμέρας when day came (Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 23:12; cp. Lk 6:13; 22:66; Ac 27:29, 33, 39. Difft. Mk 6:21 γενομένης ἡμέρας εὐκαίρου when a convenient/opportune day arrived. ὀψέ (cp. Gen 29:25; 1 Km 25:37) 11:19. ὀψίας γενομένης Mt 8:16; 14:15, 23; 16:2; 26:20; 27:57; Mk 1:32; 6:47; 14:17; 15:42; cp. J 6:16. πρωί̈ας Mt 27:1; J 21:4. νύξ Ac 27:27. ὥρας πολλῆς γενομένης when it had grown late Mk 6:35; cp. 15:33; Lk 22:14; Ac 26:4.

④ to occur as process or result, happen, turn out, take place (Dicaearch., Fgm. 102 W.: a campaign ‘takes place’; Diod S 32 Fgm. 9c τὰς εἰς τ. πατέρα γεγενημένας ἁμαρτίας=the misdeeds ‘perpetrated’ against his father; 2 Macc 1:32; 13:17; 3 Macc 1:11; 4:12; 5:17 al.)

ⓐ gener. τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν all this took place w. ἵνα foll. Mt 1:22; 26:56. ἕως ἂν πάντα γένηται until all has taken place (=is past) 5:18. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα everything that had happened (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 121 §508 τὰ γενόμενα; 1 Esdr 1:10; Jdth 15:1; 1 Macc 4:20; 2 Macc 10:21; 3 Macc 1:17) 18:31; cp. 21:21; 24:6, 20, 34; 26:54; 27:54; 28:11; Mk 5:14. ἴδωμεν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο τὸ γεγονός let us see this thing that has taken place Lk 2:15 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 15 [Stone p. 40]) θανάτου γενομένου since a death has occurred, i.e. since he has died Hb 9:15. τούτου γενομένου after this had happened (Jos., Ant. 9, 56; 129) Ac 28:9. τὸ γεγονός what had happened (Diod S 12, 49, 4; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 18 §496; Jos., Ant. 14, 292) Lk 8:34; 24:12. τὰ γεγονότα AcPl Ha 11, 1.—μὴ γένοιτο strong negation, in Paul only after rhet. questions (cp. TestJob 38:1; JosAs 25:8; Epict., index p. 540e; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 1, 2, Dial. Meretr. 13, 4; Achilles Tat. 5, 18, 4; Aristaen., Ep. 1, 27) by no means, far from it, God forbid (Goodsp., Probs., 88; AMalherbe, HTR 73, ’80, 231–41) Lk 20:16; Ro 3:4, 6, 31; 6:2, 15; 7:7, 13; 9:14; 11:1, 11; 1 Cor 6:15; Gal 2:17; 3:21. In more extensive phrasing (the LXX has exx. only of this usage: Gen 44:17; 3 Km 20:3 al.; cp. Josh 22:29; Demosth. 10, 27; Alciphron 2, 5, 3 al.; Ael. Aristid. 23, 80 K.=42 p. 795 D.; 30 p. 578 D.; 54 p. 679 ὸ̔ μὴ γένοιτο) Gal 6:14; w. ἵνα foll. AcPl Ha 7, 40. τί γέγονεν ὅτι (cp. Eccl 7:10) why is it that J 14:22.—Of festivals: be held, take place, come (X., Hell. 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια; 4, 5, 1; 4 Km 23:22f; 2 Macc 6:7) feast of dedication J 10:22; passover Mt 26:2; sabbath Mk 6:2; wedding J 2:1.—Abs. impv. (put twice for emphasis as Lucian, Pisc. 1 βάλλε, βάλλε; Philostrat., Ep. 35, 1 λάβε λάβε; Procop. Soph., Ep. 45) γενηθήτω γενηθήτω so let it be as a closing formula 1 Cor 16:24 v.l. (cp. Herodas 4, 85, where the sacristan closes his prayer to Asclepius with the words: ὧδε ταῦτʼ εἴη=so may it be).—On γένοιτο ἀμήν GJs 6:2 s. ἀμήν 1a.

ⓑ w. dat. of pers. affected

α. w. inf. foll. (UPZ 24, 29 al.; 1 Macc 13:5; Jos., Ant. 6, 232) ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι so that he would not have to lose time Ac 20:16.

β. w. adv. or adv. phrase added (1 Esdr 6:33) κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν according to your faith let it be done to you, i.e. you believe, and you won’t be disappointed Mt 9:29; cp. 8:13. γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου may that happen to me as you have said Lk 1:38. πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ what had happened to the possessed man Mk 5:16. ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται that it may be well w. you Eph 6:3 (Dt 5:16; cp. Epict. 2, 5, 29 εὖ σοι γένοιτο; Aelian, VH 9, 36). γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done for you as you desire, i.e. your wish is granted Mt 15:28.

γ. w. nom. of thing (1 Macc 4:25; Sir 51:17; Ar. 15:5) γίνεταί τινί τι someth. happens to or befalls a person Mk 9:21. ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν σοί τι γένηται lest someth. worse come upon you J 5:14. τί ἐγένετο αὐτῷ what has happened to him Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1, 23; AcPl Ha 5, 20). τὸ γεγενημένον αὐτῷ Ac 3:10 D. ἐγίνετο πάσῃ ψυχῄ φόβος fear came upon everyone (cp. Tob 11:18) 2:43. λύπη AcPl Ha 6, 16. Freq. γέγονε ἐμοί τι someth. has come to me= I have someth.: πώρωσις τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γέγονεν a hardening (of heart) has befallen Israel Ro 11:25; σωτηρία τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γεγένηται GJs 19:2; cp. Lk 19:9; διὰ τὴν ὀπτασίαν τὴν γενομένην Παύλῳ AcPl Ha 3, 15; ἐὰν γένηταί τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα if a man has a hundred sheep Mt 18:12. τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται those outside receive everything in parables Mk 4:11. μήποτε γένηται ἀνταπόδομά σοι that you may receive no repayment Lk 14:12; cp. 19:9; J 15:7; 1 Cor 4:5.

ⓒ w. gen. of pers. (Diod S 16, 64, 2 τὸν τῆς Ἑλένης γεγενημένον ὅρμον=the necklace that had belonged to Helen): ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν the kingdom of the world has come into the possession of our Lord Rv 11:15.

ⓓ γίνεταί τι ἐπί τινι someth. happens in the case of or to a person Mk 5:33 v.l.; ἐν v.l. This can also be expressed w. εἴς τινα Ac 28:6 or the double nom. τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο what had become of Peter 12:18 (cp. Jos., Vi. 296 οἱ εἴκοσι χρυσοῖ τὶ γεγόνασιν).

ⓔ w. inf. foll., to emphasize the actual occurrence of the action denoted by the verb: ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό if it comes about that he finds it= if he actually finds it Mt 18:13 (s. PCatt V, 19f [=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 372 V] ἐὰν γένηταί με ἀποδημεῖν; PAmh 135, 10; BGU 970, 5). ἐγένετο αὐτὸν παραπορεύεσθαι he happened to be passing Mk 2:23; cp. Lk 6:1, 6. ἐγένετο ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν οὐρανόν just then the heaven opened Lk 3:21; cp. 16:22 (ἐν τῷ ἀποθανεῖν P⁷⁵); Ac 4:5; 9:3, 32, 37, 43; 11:26; 14:1; 16:16; 19:1; 21:1, 5; 22:6, 17; 27:44; 28:8 (UPZ 62, 29 [161 B.C.] γίνεται γὰρ ἐντραπῆναι).

ⓕ καὶ ἐγένετο (ἐγένετο δέ) periphrastic like וַיְהִי with וַ foll. to indicate the progress of the narrative; it is followed either by a conjunction like ὅτε, ὡς etc., or a gen. abs., or a prepositional constr., and joined to it is a finite verb w. καί (Jdth 5:22; 10:1; Sus 19 Theod.; 1 Macc 1:1; 5:1; Gen 39:7, 13, 19; 42:35; JosAs 11:1; 22:1; AscIs 3:2) Mt 9:10; Mk 2:15 v.l.; Lk 2:15; 5:1, 12, 17; 8:1, 22; 14:1.—Without the second καί (Jdth 2:4; 12:10; 13:12; 1 Macc 6:8; 7:2 v.l.; 9:23; Sus 28 Theod.; Bel 18 Theod.; TestAbr B 1 p. 105, 1 [Stone p. 58] and 6 p. 109, 27 [Stone p. 66]; TestJob 31:1; JosAs 1:1; 3:1) Mt 7:28; 11:1; 13:53; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 1:9; 4:4; Lk 1:8, 23, 41, 59; 2:1, 6, 46; 6:12 al. At times it is followed by an inf. The phrase is usually omitted in translation; older versions transl. it came to pass.—Mlt. 16f; MJohannessohn, Das bibl. καὶ ἐγένετο u. s. Geschichte: ZVS 53, 1926, 161–212 (LXX); s. MDibelius, Gnomon 3, 1927, 446–50; HPernot, Études sur la langue des Évangiles 1927, 189–99; KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 29–62; JReiling, BT 16, ’65, 153–63; EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’Évangile de Luc ’76, 123–65.

⑤ to experience a change in nature and so indicate entry into a new condition, become someth.

ⓐ w. nouns (Lamellae Aur. Orphicae ed. AOlivieri 1915, p. 16, 5 θεὸς ἐγένου ἐξ ἀνθρώπου [IV/III]; Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 5; Sir 51:2; 1 Esdr 4:26; Wsd 8:2; 4 Macc 16:6; En 103:11; Tat. 19, 2 τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονηταὶ γίνεσθε): ὅπως γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν that you may become sons of your father Mt 5:45; ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων I will turn you into fishers of people Mk 1:17; a traitor Lk 6:16; friends 23:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 121); children of God J 1:12; children of light 12:36; a Christian Ac 26:29; apostle AcPlCor 2:4; a father Ro 4:18; a fool 1 Cor 3:18; a spectacle 4:9; a man, an adult 13:11 (Tob 1:9); a curse Gal 3:13. οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα he did not exalt himself to be made high priest Hb 5:5; ἐγένετο ἀντὶ αὐτοῦ Σαμουήλ Samuel became (high priest) in his place GJs 10:2. W. double nom. (Ps.-Apollod., Epit. 3, 15 δράκων λίθος ἐγένετο; Quint. Smyrn. 12, 507; Bel 28; 4 Macc 18:7) οἱ λίθοι ἄρτοι γίνονται the stones turn into loaves Mt 4:3. τὸ αἵμα αὐτοῦ λίθον γεγενημένον GJs 24:3. ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (the reverse PBerl 13044, col. III, 28ff [UWilcken, SBBerlAk 1923, 161f] τί ποιῶν ἄν τις γένοιτο θεός;). τὸ ὕδωρ γενήσεται πηγή 4:14. ἡ περιτομὴ ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν Ro 2:25. ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος I became a courier Col 1:23 (cp. Herodian 2, 6, 8 ἀνὴρ ἔπαρχος γενόμενος).—Also γ. εἴς τι (Menand., Peric. 49f Kö. [169f S.] τὸ κακὸν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ῥέπει γινόμενον; 1 Km 4:9; Jdth 5:18; 1 Macc 2:11, 43; 3:58; En 19:2 al.; B-D-F §145, 1): ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον it became a tree Lk 13:19; εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; Ac 4:11; 1 Pt 2:7 (all in ref. to Ps 117:22); εἰς χαρὰν γ. change (or, turn) into joy J 16:20. εἰς οὐδέν come to nothing Ac 5:36. εἰς παγίδα Ro 11:9 (Ps 68:23); εἰς κενὸν γ. be done in vain 1 Th 3:5. εἰς ἄψινθον Rv 8:11. Cp. AcPl Ha 6, 6. Also w. γίνεσθαι omitted: εἰς κατάκριμα (sc. ἐγένετο τὸ κρίμα) Ro 5:18.

ⓑ used w. an adj. to paraphrase the passive (Jdth 11:11; 1 Esdr 7:3; 2 Macc 3:34; Sus 64 Theod.; En 103:9; Ath. 37, 1 πάντων ὑποχειρίων γιγνομένων): ἁπαλὸν γ. become tender Mt 24:32; Mk 13:28; ἀπειθῆ γ. Ac 26:19; ἀποσυνάγωγον γ. be expelled fr. the synagogue J 12:42; ἄφαντον γ. disappear Lk 24:31; σκωληκόβρωτον γ. be eaten by worms Ac 12:23; γνωστόν, φανερὸν γ. become known (Just., A I, 63, 6) Mk 6:14; Ac 1:19; 9:42; 19:17; 1 Cor 3:13; 14:25; Phil 1:13; δόκιμον γ. pass the test Js 1:12; ἑδραῖον γ. 1 Cor 15:58; ἔκδηλον γ. 2 Ti 3:9; AcPlCor 1:16; ἔξυπνον γ. Ac 16:27 (1 Esdr 3:3=Jos., Ant. 11:34); s. ἀπόπληκτος, ἐλεύθερος, ἐμφανής, ἔμφοβος, ἐνεργής, ἔντρομος, καθαρός, μέγας, περιδάκρυτος, περικρατής, πλήρης, πρηνής, τυφλός, ὑγιής, ὑπήκοος, ὑπόδικος, φανερός 1.

ⓒ w. ἐν of a state of being (Stoic. III 221, 16; Diod S 20, 62, 4 ἐν ἀνέσει γ.; Plut., Tit. Flam. 378 [16, 1] ἐν ὀργῇ γ.; Lucian, Tim. 28; PPetr II, 20; III, 12 [252 B.C.] ἐν ἐπισχέσει γ.; BGU 5 II, 19 ἐν νόσῳ; POxy 471 IV, 77f; 4 Km 9:20; 1 Macc 1:27 v.l.; Sus 8 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 320, Ant. 16, 372; Mel., P. 18 ἐν πόνοις … ἐν πληγαῖς etc.) ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ Lk 22:44. ἐν ἐκστάσει Ac 22:17. ἐν πνεύματι under the Spirit’s influence Rv 1:10; 4:2; AcPl Ha 6, 28. ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων be like human beings Phil 2:7. ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, φόβῳ, τρόμῳ 1 Cor 2:3. ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:7. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γ. come to one’s senses (Soph., Phil. 950; X., An. 1, 5, 17; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11) Ac 12:11; γ. ἐν Χριστῷ be a Christian Ro 16:7. Cp. 7 below.

⑥ to make a change of location in space, move

ⓐ εἴς τι (Hdt. 5, 87 al.; Philo, Op. M. 86; 2 Macc 1:13; also ἐν: Just., A II, 9, 3 ἐγενόμεθα ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ τόπω): εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα γ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 42) Ac 20:16; 21:17; 25:15. εἰς τὸν ἀγρόν Hv 3, 1, 4. Of a voice: ἐγένετο εἰς τὰ ὦτά μου reached my ear Lk 1:44. Fig. (cp. Bar 4:28) of Abraham’s blessing εἰς τὰ ἔθνη come to the Gentiles Gal 3:14; cp. 2 Cor 8:14 (s. περίσσευμα 1, ὑστέρημα 1).

ⓑ ἔκ τινος (Job 28:2): γ. ἐκ μέσου be removed, Lat. e medio tolli (cp. Ps.-Aeschin., Ep. 12, 6 ἐκ μέσου γενομένων ἐκείνων; Plut., Timol. 238 [5, 3]; Achilles Tat. 2, 27, 2) 2 Th 2:7 (HFulford, ET 23, 1912, 40f: ‘leave the scene’). Of a voice fr. heaven: ἐκ τ. οὐρανῶν γ. sound forth fr. heaven (2 Macc 2:21; cp. Da 4:31 Theod.) Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; 9:35; cp. vs. 36.

ⓒ ἐπί τι: ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον go to the tomb Lk 24:22; ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς when he was at the steps Ac 21:35. Of fear that befalls someone (2 Macc 12:22) Lk 1:65; 4:36; Ac 5:5. Of ulcers: break out on someone Rv 16:2 (Ex 9:10f). Of divine commands: go out to someone Lk 3:2. ἐπί is somet. used w. the gen. (Appian, Liby. 93 §440; Alex. Aphr., Mixt. II 2 p. 213, 21) instead of the acc.: γενόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ τόπου when he had arrived at the place 22:40 (Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18 ἐπὶ τ. τόπων γινόμενος).—J 6:21.

ⓓ w. κατά and gen. of place: τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας the message that has spread throughout all Judea Ac 10:37. W. acc. of place (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 15; Apollon. Paradox. 3 κατὰ τόπους γ.; Jos., Ant. I, 174; cp. 2 Macc 9:8): γενόμενος κατὰ τὸν τόπον Lk 10:32; γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον Ac 27:7.

ⓔ w. πρός and acc. of the direction and goal (PLond III, 962, 1 p. 210 [III A.D.] γενοῦ πρὸς Ἄταϊν τὸν ποιμένα; PFlor 180, 45) 1 Cor 2:3; 2J 12. Of divine instructions be given to someone (Gen 15:1, 4; Jer 1:2, 11; 13:8; Ezk 6:1; Hos 1:1; cp. ἐπί w. acc.) J 10:35; Ac 7:31 v.l.; 10:13; 13:32.

ⓕ w. σύν and the dat. join someone (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 8; 2 Macc 13:13) Lk 2:13.

ⓖ w. ἐγγύς (X., An. 1, 8, 8, Cyr. 7, 1, 7; cp. γίν. πλησίον Philo, Mos. 1, 228; Jos., Ant. 4, 40): ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου γίνεσθαι come close to the boat J 6:19. Fig. of the relation of believers to Christ: come near Eph 2:13.

ⓗ w. ὧδε come here J 6:25;

ⓘ ἔμπροσθέν τινος γ. J 1:15, 30 s. on ἔμπροσθεν 1bζ and ὀπίσω 2b.

⑦ to come into a certain state or possess certain characteristics, to be, prove to be, turn out to be (on relation to the forms of εἰμί [here and in 8–10] s. ALink, StKr 69, 1896, 420ff). Used w. the nom. (Wsd 16:3; Jdth 16:21; Sir 31:22; 1 Macc 3:58) γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι be prudent Mt 10:16. ἄκαρπος γίνεται 13:22; Mk 4:19.—W. other words: vs. 22; 9:50; Lk 1:2; 2:2; 6:36 and very oft. Freq. the dat. of advantage (dat. commodi) is added (1 Macc 10:47; 2 Macc 7:37; 4 Macc 6:28; 12:17): ἀγαπητόν τινι γ. be dear to someone 1 Th 2:8. ἀπρόσκοπον γ. τινι be inoffensive to someone 1 Cor 10:32; γ. τινι μαθητήν J 15:8; μισθαποδότην γ. τινι be a rewarder of someone Hb 11:6; γ. ὁδηγόν τινι Ac 1:16. Cp. παρηγορία, σημεῖον, τύπος.—γ. ὁμοθυμαδόν come together in unanimity or reach unanimity Ac 15:25.—τὶ γίνεταί τινί τι a thing results in someth. for someone τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγ. θάνατος; Ro 7:13. ἡ ἐξουσία πρόσκομμα τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν 1 Cor 8:9.—γίνομαι ὡς, ὥσπερ, ὡσεί τις (Ps 21:15; 31:9; 37:15; 82:11; 87:5 al.) be, become, show oneself like Mt 6:16; 10:25; 18:3; 28:4; Lk 22:26, 44; 1 Cor 4:13; 9:20f; Gal 4:12. καθὼς ἐγένετο … οὕτως ἔσται as it was … so it will be Lk 17:26, 28. οὐ χρὴ ταῦτα οὕτως γίνεσθαι this should not be so Js 3:10. ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμέμπτως ὑμῖν ἐγενήθημεν we proved/showed ourselves … toward you 1 Th 2:10.—In statements pert. to age (Aristoxenus, Fgm. 16 γεγονότα [sc. τὸν Πυθαγόραν] ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα; Demetr. of Phaleron [IV–III B.C.], Fgm. 153 Wehrli [’49]; Demetr: 722 Fgm. 1, 1 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 10, 50) ἐτῶν δώδεκα Lk 2:42; cp. 1 Ti 5:9.—Here prob. also belongs ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 (cp. Plut., Phoc. 752 [23, 4] ἐλπίδος μεγάλης γ.; Cass. Dio 61, 14 τ. ἐπιθυμίας γ.; Jos., Bell. 6, 287).

⑧ to be present at a given time, be there ([Ps.-]Jos., Ant. 18, 63) Mk 1:4; J 1:6, hence exist (Diod S 3, 52, 4 γέγονε γένη γυναικῶν=there have been nations of women; Appian, Maced. 18 §3 τὸ χρυσίον τὸ γιγνόμενον=the gold that was at hand; Bar 3:26; 2 Macc 10:24) Ro 11:5; 1J 2:18. ἐγένετο there lived Lk 1:5. ἔν τινι 2 Pt 2:1. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Rv 16:18 (Da 12:1 Theod.).

⑨ to be closely related to someone or someth., belong to

ⓐ gen. of the possessor (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 79 §336 a slave γεγένητο Πομπηίου=had belonged to Pompey: B-D-F §162, 7) belong to someone Lk 20:14, 33 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 83 §350 γυνὴ Κράσσου γεγενημένη=who had been the wife of [the younger] Crassus).

ⓑ w. dat. of pers. belong to someone (PPetr II, 40b, 7 [277 B.C.]; O. Wilck II, 1530, 2f [120 B.C.] τὸ γινόμενόν μοι=what belongs to me) of a woman ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ Ro 7:3f (cp. Ruth 1:12f; Dt 24:2).

ⓒ w. prep. μετά τινος (Josh 2:19) Ac 9:19; 20:18. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his intimate friends Mk 16:10. πρός τινα be w. someone 1 Cor 16:10 ( make him [Timothy] feel quite at home with you Mft.) ὑπό τινα be under the authority of someone or someth. (1 Macc 10:38) Gal 4:4.

ⓓ Here perh. belongs ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται it is not a matter of private interpretation 2 Pt 1:20.

⑩ to be in or at a place, be in, be there

ⓐ ἔν τινι to designate one’s present or future place of residence (X., An. 4, 3, 29; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 4 §15 Ἀντώνιος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ γενόμενος; Aelian, VH 4, 15; Herodian 2, 2, 5; POxy 283, 11; 709, 6 ἐν Μένφει γενόμενος; PTebt 416, 3; BGU 731 II, 6 ἐν οἰκίᾳ μου; Num 11:35; Judg 17:4; 1 Ch 14:17; Jdth 5:7 al. Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.) Mt 26:6; Mk 9:33; Ac 7:38; 13:5; 2 Ti 1:17; Rv 1:9; AcPl Ha 7, 23.

ⓑ w. adv.: ἐκεῖ (X., An. 6, 5, 20; 3 Km 8:8 v.l.; Jos., Ant. 10, 180) Ac 19:21. κατὰ μόνας Mk 4:10.—B. 637. DELG s.v. γίγνομαι. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > γίνομαι
4 casete

f.

cassette (cinta).

m.

cassette or tape recorder.

* * *

casete

► nombre masculino

1 (magnetófono) cassette player, cassette recorder

► nombre femenino

1 (cinta) cassette, cassette tape

* * *

noun mf.

cassette

* * *
[ka'set]
1.

SF (=cinta) cassette

2.

SM (=aparato) cassette player

* * *

masculino o femenino

a) ( cinta) cassette

b) casete masculino (Esp) ( grabador) cassette recorder/player

* * *

= cassette, cassette player, audio tape [audiotape/audio-tape], cassette recorder.

Ex. The microfilm is a common form for catalogues and indexes, in either 35 mm or 16 mm roll film, usually but not always packaged in a cassette.

Ex. The prison library has subscriptions to 8 popular magazines, a cassette player and more legal material are planned.

Ex. An eight-part video series and nine audio tapes were also developed in conjunction with the course.

Ex. These tapes are produced for use in a classroom reading corner or school library and are displayed with the book from which the extract is taken and a cassette recorder with headphones.

----

* casete de ordenador = computer cassette.

* casete para grabación de sonido = sound cassette.

* cinta de casete = cassette tape.

* * *

masculino o femenino

a) ( cinta) cassette

b) casete masculino (Esp) ( grabador) cassette recorder/player

* * *

= cassette, cassette player, audio tape [audiotape/audio-tape], cassette recorder.

Ex: The microfilm is a common form for catalogues and indexes, in either 35 mm or 16 mm roll film, usually but not always packaged in a cassette.

Ex: The prison library has subscriptions to 8 popular magazines, a cassette player and more legal material are planned.

Ex: An eight-part video series and nine audio tapes were also developed in conjunction with the course.

Ex: These tapes are produced for use in a classroom reading corner or school library and are displayed with the book from which the extract is taken and a cassette recorder with headphones.

* casete de ordenador = computer cassette.

* casete para grabación de sonido = sound cassette.

* cinta de casete = cassette tape.

* * *

casete

masculine

or

feminine

( Audio, Inf, Vídeo)

1 (cinta) cassette

2

casete masculine ( Esp) (grabador) cassette recorder/player

* * *

casete m or f ( cinta) cassette;
◊ casete digital digital audio tape

■ sustantivo masculino (Esp) ( grabador) cassette recorder/player
casete
I sustantivo masculino (magnetófono) cassette player o recorder
II sustantivo femenino (cinta) cassette (tape)

' casete' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
carátula
- cassette
- pista
- pirata
English:
cassette
- wind back
- wind forward
- tape

* * *

casete

♦ nf
[cinta] cassette
♦ nm
[magnetófono] cassette o tape recorder
* * *

casete

I f cassette

II m cassette player

* * *

casete nmf cassette

* * *

casete n

1. (cinta) cassette / tape

2. (magnetófono) cassette recorder / tape recorder

Spanish-English dictionary > casete
5 עלי

עלי, עָלָה(b. h.) to go up, rise; to come up, arrive. Pes.VIII, 3 מי שיַּעֲלֶה מכםוכ׳ whichever of you shall first arrive at Jerusalem (for the Passover), v. infra. Snh.X, 3 אינה עתידה לַעֲלוֹת shall not rise (from the grave at the time of resurrection). Y.Peah V, end, 19a (ref. to גבול עולם, Prov. 22:28) זו עוֹלֵי מצרים this refers to those who came up from Egypt; Hag. 3b. Ib. עולי בבל those who came back from Babylonia. Ber.20a, a. e. (ref. to Gen. 49:22) א״ת עֲלֵי עין אלא עוֹלֵי עין read not ‘ăle ‘ayin. but ‘ole ‘ayin, those rising above the (evil) eye (whom the evil eye cannot affect). Snh.111a כשע׳ משה למרום when Moses came up to heaven. Keth.61a עוֹלָה עמווכ׳ she rises with him, but does not go down with him, i. e. the wife rises to the husbands social position and can claim its comforts, if it be a higher one than her own, ; a. v. fr.Ḥull.17b עוֹלֶה ויורד בסכין a going up and down in a slaughtering knife, i. e. a curved blade. קרבן עולה ויורד, v. יָרַד. עלה על דעת, v. דַּעַת.Esp. to be put on the altar, be offered. Zeb.IX. 1 אם עָלְתָה לא תרד if it has been offered, it must not be taken down again. Ib. 2. Men.22b מכאן לעוֹלִין שאינן מבטליןוכ׳ this proves that things which are offered up (e. g. blood of several sacrifices that has become mixed up) do not neutralize one another. Ib. 23a חיבורי טלין that which is attached to things which go on the altar; a. fr.Idiomatic uses: a) (sub. לחשבון) to be counted in; to be accounted as. M. Kat. III, 5 שבת עולה ואינהוכ׳ the Sabbath counts as one of the seven days of mourning, and does not discontinue the mourning, i. e. the mourning continues after the Sabbath; רגלים מפסיקין ואינן עולין festivals discontinue (the mourning begun before), but do not count, i. e. if the burial took place on a festive day, the mourning days begin after the festival. Ab. IV, 13 עוֹלָה זדון, v. זָדוֹן. Zeb.I, 3 לא עָלוּ לבעלים משום חובה the owners of the sacrifices are not credited with them as a compliance with their obligation; a. fr.b) to rise in value; to be esteemed. Ab. l. c. וכתר שם טוב עוֹלֶה על גביהן the crown of a good name is worth more than all of them; a. e.c) (to rise on the scale, be outweighed, to be void, be neutralized (cmp. בָּטֵל). Ter. IV, 7 תרומה עולה באחד ומאה Trumah (mixed up in secular matter) is neutralized in one hundred and one (i. e. one against one hundred). Ib. 11 תַּעֲלֶה באחד ומאה is neutralized in ; לא תעלה is not neutralized. Ib. 13; a. fr.d) ע׳ לרגל, or ע׳ to go up (to Jerusalem and the Temple) for the festival. Yoma 21 בשעה שישראל עולין לרגל when the Israelites were in the Temple on the festivals. Ḥag.I, 1. Ib. 4a שאינן ראויין לעלות who are not fit for the pilgrimage. Pes.8b, a. e. עוֹלֵי רגלים pilgrims; a. fr.e) ע׳ בידו to obtain, achieve. Ber.35b עָלְתָה בידן they were successful. Naz.23a מי שנתכוון לעלות בידו בשר חזיר וע׳ בידו בשר טלה he who intended to obtain flesh of the swine, and happened to obtain mutton; a. fr. Pi. עִילָּה. 1) to elevate, exalt, praise. Sabb.33b יהודה שעי׳ יִתְעַלֶּה Judah who elevated (praised the Roman government), shall be elevated (to high office). Y.Snh.X, 29c top שעִילּוּ אותיוכ׳ who exalted me, v. זָבַח. Gen. R. s. 15 (ref. to וישם, Gen. 2:8) עי׳ אותו God raised him (made him a dignitary, by analogy to Deut. 17:15); a. fr. 2) to prize, to acquire at the highest price, bid for. Ib. s. 16 (ref. to ויקח, Gen. 2:15) עי׳ אותו he acquired him (by analogy to Is. 14:2; v. infra Hithpa.); Yalk. ib. 22. Gen. R. s. 40 (ref. to ויעלו, Jer. 38:13) מְעַלִּין אותו (or מַעֲלִין, Hif.) they bade for him. Hif. הֶעֱלָה 1) to raise, bring up. Makhsh. VI, 1 המַעֲלֶה פירותיווכ׳ if one carries his fruits up to the roof, v. כְּנִימָה; Tosef. ib. III, 1. Pesik. R. s. 26 ובקושי הֶעֱלוּהוּ and with hard work they brought him up (out of the pit); a. v. fr.Esp. to offer on the altar. Zeb.XIV, 3 המַעֲלֶה מבשרוכ׳ he who offers parts of the flesh of a sin offering Ib. XIII, 1 שחט בפנים וה׳ בחוץ if he slaughtered a sacrifice within the Temple precincts, and offered it without; a. v. fr. 2) to raise, promote to a higher dignity. Yoma 20b, a. fr. מַעֲלִין בקדש ולא מורידין we may promote (a person or thing) to a higher grade of sanctity, but must not degrade. Tosef.Ned.VI, 5 שמעלה … מטומאתן which raises (relieves) the unclean from their uncleanness; Ned.75b; Y. ib. X, 42a; a. fr. לא מעלה ולא מוריד, v. יָרַד.Idiomatic uses: a) to cause to go up from the readers place (which was low, v. תֵּיבה); to remove, discharge. Ber.29a ולא הָעֱלוּהוּ and they did not remove him. Ib. טעה … מעלין אותו if a reader makes a mistake in the twelfth section of the Tfillah (v. מִין III), he must be removed; a. fr.b) (v. Kal, c) to neutralize. Ter. IV, 8 תאנים שחורות מַעֲלוֹתוכ׳ black figs help to neutralize in conjunction with white ones, i. e. the black and the white secular figs are counted together against the admixture of figs of Trumah whether black or white; a. fr.c) (v. Kal, a) to account, credit or charge. B. Mets.69b אני אעלה לך סלעוכ׳ I will give thee credit for one Sela each month (as a compensation for the use of the cow). Ab. II, 2 מעלה אני עליכםוכ׳ I (the Lord) shall credit you with a large reward, just as if you had accomplished (the good you had intended to do). Ib. III, 7, sq. מעלה עליו הכתוב כאילווכ׳ the Bible text (the Lord) charges him as if he had endangered his life (v. חוּב). Yoma 81b מעלה עליו הכתוב כאילווכ׳ is accounted to his credit, as if he had fasted on the ninth and the tenth; a. fr.d) (v. Kal, e) to succeed, profit. Snh.90b הֶעֱלֵיתֶם בידכם, v. יָעַל.f) ה׳ חן to effect grace; to find favor. Gen. R. s. 9 הלואי תהא מַעֲלַת חן לפני … כשם שהֶעֱלִיתוכ׳ Oh, that thou wouldst find favor before me (please me) at all times, as thou dost now; a. e.g) ה׳ חֵמָה ( to let anger rise, to become angry. Ib. s. 93 בשעה שהיה יהודה מעלה ח׳וכ׳ whenever Judah got angry, the hair ; a. e.h) (with or sub. ארוכה) to heal up. Ḥull.77a, v. אֲרוּכָה II. Shebi. IV, 6 לא שיַעֲלֶה, v. פָּשַׁח; a. fr. Nif. נַעֲלָה to be removed, withdraw. Tosef. Yoma I, 12 בעון … שכינה נַעֲלַת through the sin of bloodshed has the Divine Presence withdrawn (Sifré Num. 161 מסתלקת). Hithpa. הִתְעַלֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְעַלֶּה 1) to be raised, exalted. Sabb.33b, v. supra; a. e. 2) to be raised in price, to be bargained for at auction. Gen. R. s. 40, end (ref. to וַתֻּקַּח, Gen. 12:15) מִתְעַלָּה והולכת חדוכ׳ higher and higher prices were offered for her; one said, I give ; Esth. R. to II, 16 (ref. to ותלקח, ib.) מתעלה בליקוחין.

Jewish literature > עלי
6 עלה

עלי, עָלָה(b. h.) to go up, rise; to come up, arrive. Pes.VIII, 3 מי שיַּעֲלֶה מכםוכ׳ whichever of you shall first arrive at Jerusalem (for the Passover), v. infra. Snh.X, 3 אינה עתידה לַעֲלוֹת shall not rise (from the grave at the time of resurrection). Y.Peah V, end, 19a (ref. to גבול עולם, Prov. 22:28) זו עוֹלֵי מצרים this refers to those who came up from Egypt; Hag. 3b. Ib. עולי בבל those who came back from Babylonia. Ber.20a, a. e. (ref. to Gen. 49:22) א״ת עֲלֵי עין אלא עוֹלֵי עין read not ‘ăle ‘ayin. but ‘ole ‘ayin, those rising above the (evil) eye (whom the evil eye cannot affect). Snh.111a כשע׳ משה למרום when Moses came up to heaven. Keth.61a עוֹלָה עמווכ׳ she rises with him, but does not go down with him, i. e. the wife rises to the husbands social position and can claim its comforts, if it be a higher one than her own, ; a. v. fr.Ḥull.17b עוֹלֶה ויורד בסכין a going up and down in a slaughtering knife, i. e. a curved blade. קרבן עולה ויורד, v. יָרַד. עלה על דעת, v. דַּעַת.Esp. to be put on the altar, be offered. Zeb.IX. 1 אם עָלְתָה לא תרד if it has been offered, it must not be taken down again. Ib. 2. Men.22b מכאן לעוֹלִין שאינן מבטליןוכ׳ this proves that things which are offered up (e. g. blood of several sacrifices that has become mixed up) do not neutralize one another. Ib. 23a חיבורי טלין that which is attached to things which go on the altar; a. fr.Idiomatic uses: a) (sub. לחשבון) to be counted in; to be accounted as. M. Kat. III, 5 שבת עולה ואינהוכ׳ the Sabbath counts as one of the seven days of mourning, and does not discontinue the mourning, i. e. the mourning continues after the Sabbath; רגלים מפסיקין ואינן עולין festivals discontinue (the mourning begun before), but do not count, i. e. if the burial took place on a festive day, the mourning days begin after the festival. Ab. IV, 13 עוֹלָה זדון, v. זָדוֹן. Zeb.I, 3 לא עָלוּ לבעלים משום חובה the owners of the sacrifices are not credited with them as a compliance with their obligation; a. fr.b) to rise in value; to be esteemed. Ab. l. c. וכתר שם טוב עוֹלֶה על גביהן the crown of a good name is worth more than all of them; a. e.c) (to rise on the scale, be outweighed, to be void, be neutralized (cmp. בָּטֵל). Ter. IV, 7 תרומה עולה באחד ומאה Trumah (mixed up in secular matter) is neutralized in one hundred and one (i. e. one against one hundred). Ib. 11 תַּעֲלֶה באחד ומאה is neutralized in ; לא תעלה is not neutralized. Ib. 13; a. fr.d) ע׳ לרגל, or ע׳ to go up (to Jerusalem and the Temple) for the festival. Yoma 21 בשעה שישראל עולין לרגל when the Israelites were in the Temple on the festivals. Ḥag.I, 1. Ib. 4a שאינן ראויין לעלות who are not fit for the pilgrimage. Pes.8b, a. e. עוֹלֵי רגלים pilgrims; a. fr.e) ע׳ בידו to obtain, achieve. Ber.35b עָלְתָה בידן they were successful. Naz.23a מי שנתכוון לעלות בידו בשר חזיר וע׳ בידו בשר טלה he who intended to obtain flesh of the swine, and happened to obtain mutton; a. fr. Pi. עִילָּה. 1) to elevate, exalt, praise. Sabb.33b יהודה שעי׳ יִתְעַלֶּה Judah who elevated (praised the Roman government), shall be elevated (to high office). Y.Snh.X, 29c top שעִילּוּ אותיוכ׳ who exalted me, v. זָבַח. Gen. R. s. 15 (ref. to וישם, Gen. 2:8) עי׳ אותו God raised him (made him a dignitary, by analogy to Deut. 17:15); a. fr. 2) to prize, to acquire at the highest price, bid for. Ib. s. 16 (ref. to ויקח, Gen. 2:15) עי׳ אותו he acquired him (by analogy to Is. 14:2; v. infra Hithpa.); Yalk. ib. 22. Gen. R. s. 40 (ref. to ויעלו, Jer. 38:13) מְעַלִּין אותו (or מַעֲלִין, Hif.) they bade for him. Hif. הֶעֱלָה 1) to raise, bring up. Makhsh. VI, 1 המַעֲלֶה פירותיווכ׳ if one carries his fruits up to the roof, v. כְּנִימָה; Tosef. ib. III, 1. Pesik. R. s. 26 ובקושי הֶעֱלוּהוּ and with hard work they brought him up (out of the pit); a. v. fr.Esp. to offer on the altar. Zeb.XIV, 3 המַעֲלֶה מבשרוכ׳ he who offers parts of the flesh of a sin offering Ib. XIII, 1 שחט בפנים וה׳ בחוץ if he slaughtered a sacrifice within the Temple precincts, and offered it without; a. v. fr. 2) to raise, promote to a higher dignity. Yoma 20b, a. fr. מַעֲלִין בקדש ולא מורידין we may promote (a person or thing) to a higher grade of sanctity, but must not degrade. Tosef.Ned.VI, 5 שמעלה … מטומאתן which raises (relieves) the unclean from their uncleanness; Ned.75b; Y. ib. X, 42a; a. fr. לא מעלה ולא מוריד, v. יָרַד.Idiomatic uses: a) to cause to go up from the readers place (which was low, v. תֵּיבה); to remove, discharge. Ber.29a ולא הָעֱלוּהוּ and they did not remove him. Ib. טעה … מעלין אותו if a reader makes a mistake in the twelfth section of the Tfillah (v. מִין III), he must be removed; a. fr.b) (v. Kal, c) to neutralize. Ter. IV, 8 תאנים שחורות מַעֲלוֹתוכ׳ black figs help to neutralize in conjunction with white ones, i. e. the black and the white secular figs are counted together against the admixture of figs of Trumah whether black or white; a. fr.c) (v. Kal, a) to account, credit or charge. B. Mets.69b אני אעלה לך סלעוכ׳ I will give thee credit for one Sela each month (as a compensation for the use of the cow). Ab. II, 2 מעלה אני עליכםוכ׳ I (the Lord) shall credit you with a large reward, just as if you had accomplished (the good you had intended to do). Ib. III, 7, sq. מעלה עליו הכתוב כאילווכ׳ the Bible text (the Lord) charges him as if he had endangered his life (v. חוּב). Yoma 81b מעלה עליו הכתוב כאילווכ׳ is accounted to his credit, as if he had fasted on the ninth and the tenth; a. fr.d) (v. Kal, e) to succeed, profit. Snh.90b הֶעֱלֵיתֶם בידכם, v. יָעַל.f) ה׳ חן to effect grace; to find favor. Gen. R. s. 9 הלואי תהא מַעֲלַת חן לפני … כשם שהֶעֱלִיתוכ׳ Oh, that thou wouldst find favor before me (please me) at all times, as thou dost now; a. e.g) ה׳ חֵמָה ( to let anger rise, to become angry. Ib. s. 93 בשעה שהיה יהודה מעלה ח׳וכ׳ whenever Judah got angry, the hair ; a. e.h) (with or sub. ארוכה) to heal up. Ḥull.77a, v. אֲרוּכָה II. Shebi. IV, 6 לא שיַעֲלֶה, v. פָּשַׁח; a. fr. Nif. נַעֲלָה to be removed, withdraw. Tosef. Yoma I, 12 בעון … שכינה נַעֲלַת through the sin of bloodshed has the Divine Presence withdrawn (Sifré Num. 161 מסתלקת). Hithpa. הִתְעַלֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְעַלֶּה 1) to be raised, exalted. Sabb.33b, v. supra; a. e. 2) to be raised in price, to be bargained for at auction. Gen. R. s. 40, end (ref. to וַתֻּקַּח, Gen. 12:15) מִתְעַלָּה והולכת חדוכ׳ higher and higher prices were offered for her; one said, I give ; Esth. R. to II, 16 (ref. to ותלקח, ib.) מתעלה בליקוחין.

Jewish literature > עלה
7 עָלָה

עלי, עָלָה(b. h.) to go up, rise; to come up, arrive. Pes.VIII, 3 מי שיַּעֲלֶה מכםוכ׳ whichever of you shall first arrive at Jerusalem (for the Passover), v. infra. Snh.X, 3 אינה עתידה לַעֲלוֹת shall not rise (from the grave at the time of resurrection). Y.Peah V, end, 19a (ref. to גבול עולם, Prov. 22:28) זו עוֹלֵי מצרים this refers to those who came up from Egypt; Hag. 3b. Ib. עולי בבל those who came back from Babylonia. Ber.20a, a. e. (ref. to Gen. 49:22) א״ת עֲלֵי עין אלא עוֹלֵי עין read not ‘ăle ‘ayin. but ‘ole ‘ayin, those rising above the (evil) eye (whom the evil eye cannot affect). Snh.111a כשע׳ משה למרום when Moses came up to heaven. Keth.61a עוֹלָה עמווכ׳ she rises with him, but does not go down with him, i. e. the wife rises to the husbands social position and can claim its comforts, if it be a higher one than her own, ; a. v. fr.Ḥull.17b עוֹלֶה ויורד בסכין a going up and down in a slaughtering knife, i. e. a curved blade. קרבן עולה ויורד, v. יָרַד. עלה על דעת, v. דַּעַת.Esp. to be put on the altar, be offered. Zeb.IX. 1 אם עָלְתָה לא תרד if it has been offered, it must not be taken down again. Ib. 2. Men.22b מכאן לעוֹלִין שאינן מבטליןוכ׳ this proves that things which are offered up (e. g. blood of several sacrifices that has become mixed up) do not neutralize one another. Ib. 23a חיבורי טלין that which is attached to things which go on the altar; a. fr.Idiomatic uses: a) (sub. לחשבון) to be counted in; to be accounted as. M. Kat. III, 5 שבת עולה ואינהוכ׳ the Sabbath counts as one of the seven days of mourning, and does not discontinue the mourning, i. e. the mourning continues after the Sabbath; רגלים מפסיקין ואינן עולין festivals discontinue (the mourning begun before), but do not count, i. e. if the burial took place on a festive day, the mourning days begin after the festival. Ab. IV, 13 עוֹלָה זדון, v. זָדוֹן. Zeb.I, 3 לא עָלוּ לבעלים משום חובה the owners of the sacrifices are not credited with them as a compliance with their obligation; a. fr.b) to rise in value; to be esteemed. Ab. l. c. וכתר שם טוב עוֹלֶה על גביהן the crown of a good name is worth more than all of them; a. e.c) (to rise on the scale, be outweighed, to be void, be neutralized (cmp. בָּטֵל). Ter. IV, 7 תרומה עולה באחד ומאה Trumah (mixed up in secular matter) is neutralized in one hundred and one (i. e. one against one hundred). Ib. 11 תַּעֲלֶה באחד ומאה is neutralized in ; לא תעלה is not neutralized. Ib. 13; a. fr.d) ע׳ לרגל, or ע׳ to go up (to Jerusalem and the Temple) for the festival. Yoma 21 בשעה שישראל עולין לרגל when the Israelites were in the Temple on the festivals. Ḥag.I, 1. Ib. 4a שאינן ראויין לעלות who are not fit for the pilgrimage. Pes.8b, a. e. עוֹלֵי רגלים pilgrims; a. fr.e) ע׳ בידו to obtain, achieve. Ber.35b עָלְתָה בידן they were successful. Naz.23a מי שנתכוון לעלות בידו בשר חזיר וע׳ בידו בשר טלה he who intended to obtain flesh of the swine, and happened to obtain mutton; a. fr. Pi. עִילָּה. 1) to elevate, exalt, praise. Sabb.33b יהודה שעי׳ יִתְעַלֶּה Judah who elevated (praised the Roman government), shall be elevated (to high office). Y.Snh.X, 29c top שעִילּוּ אותיוכ׳ who exalted me, v. זָבַח. Gen. R. s. 15 (ref. to וישם, Gen. 2:8) עי׳ אותו God raised him (made him a dignitary, by analogy to Deut. 17:15); a. fr. 2) to prize, to acquire at the highest price, bid for. Ib. s. 16 (ref. to ויקח, Gen. 2:15) עי׳ אותו he acquired him (by analogy to Is. 14:2; v. infra Hithpa.); Yalk. ib. 22. Gen. R. s. 40 (ref. to ויעלו, Jer. 38:13) מְעַלִּין אותו (or מַעֲלִין, Hif.) they bade for him. Hif. הֶעֱלָה 1) to raise, bring up. Makhsh. VI, 1 המַעֲלֶה פירותיווכ׳ if one carries his fruits up to the roof, v. כְּנִימָה; Tosef. ib. III, 1. Pesik. R. s. 26 ובקושי הֶעֱלוּהוּ and with hard work they brought him up (out of the pit); a. v. fr.Esp. to offer on the altar. Zeb.XIV, 3 המַעֲלֶה מבשרוכ׳ he who offers parts of the flesh of a sin offering Ib. XIII, 1 שחט בפנים וה׳ בחוץ if he slaughtered a sacrifice within the Temple precincts, and offered it without; a. v. fr. 2) to raise, promote to a higher dignity. Yoma 20b, a. fr. מַעֲלִין בקדש ולא מורידין we may promote (a person or thing) to a higher grade of sanctity, but must not degrade. Tosef.Ned.VI, 5 שמעלה … מטומאתן which raises (relieves) the unclean from their uncleanness; Ned.75b; Y. ib. X, 42a; a. fr. לא מעלה ולא מוריד, v. יָרַד.Idiomatic uses: a) to cause to go up from the readers place (which was low, v. תֵּיבה); to remove, discharge. Ber.29a ולא הָעֱלוּהוּ and they did not remove him. Ib. טעה … מעלין אותו if a reader makes a mistake in the twelfth section of the Tfillah (v. מִין III), he must be removed; a. fr.b) (v. Kal, c) to neutralize. Ter. IV, 8 תאנים שחורות מַעֲלוֹתוכ׳ black figs help to neutralize in conjunction with white ones, i. e. the black and the white secular figs are counted together against the admixture of figs of Trumah whether black or white; a. fr.c) (v. Kal, a) to account, credit or charge. B. Mets.69b אני אעלה לך סלעוכ׳ I will give thee credit for one Sela each month (as a compensation for the use of the cow). Ab. II, 2 מעלה אני עליכםוכ׳ I (the Lord) shall credit you with a large reward, just as if you had accomplished (the good you had intended to do). Ib. III, 7, sq. מעלה עליו הכתוב כאילווכ׳ the Bible text (the Lord) charges him as if he had endangered his life (v. חוּב). Yoma 81b מעלה עליו הכתוב כאילווכ׳ is accounted to his credit, as if he had fasted on the ninth and the tenth; a. fr.d) (v. Kal, e) to succeed, profit. Snh.90b הֶעֱלֵיתֶם בידכם, v. יָעַל.f) ה׳ חן to effect grace; to find favor. Gen. R. s. 9 הלואי תהא מַעֲלַת חן לפני … כשם שהֶעֱלִיתוכ׳ Oh, that thou wouldst find favor before me (please me) at all times, as thou dost now; a. e.g) ה׳ חֵמָה ( to let anger rise, to become angry. Ib. s. 93 בשעה שהיה יהודה מעלה ח׳וכ׳ whenever Judah got angry, the hair ; a. e.h) (with or sub. ארוכה) to heal up. Ḥull.77a, v. אֲרוּכָה II. Shebi. IV, 6 לא שיַעֲלֶה, v. פָּשַׁח; a. fr. Nif. נַעֲלָה to be removed, withdraw. Tosef. Yoma I, 12 בעון … שכינה נַעֲלַת through the sin of bloodshed has the Divine Presence withdrawn (Sifré Num. 161 מסתלקת). Hithpa. הִתְעַלֶּה, Nithpa. נִתְעַלֶּה 1) to be raised, exalted. Sabb.33b, v. supra; a. e. 2) to be raised in price, to be bargained for at auction. Gen. R. s. 40, end (ref. to וַתֻּקַּח, Gen. 12:15) מִתְעַלָּה והולכת חדוכ׳ higher and higher prices were offered for her; one said, I give ; Esth. R. to II, 16 (ref. to ותלקח, ib.) מתעלה בליקוחין.

Jewish literature > עָלָה
8 sumar

v.

1 to add together (varias cantidades).

tres y cinco suman ocho three and five are o make eight

súmale diez add ten

María suma en la clase Mary adds in class.

2 to add.

súmale a eso todas las mentiras que nos ha dicho to that we also have to add all the lies he's told us

suma y sigue carried forward; (en contabilidad) here we go again! (informal figurative)

3 to come to.

4 to add up, to add, to add together, to sum.

Ellos sumaron los números They added up the numbers.

5 to be accumulated on.

Se me sumó el sobreprecio Overpricing was accumulated on me.

* * *

sumar

► verbo transitivo

1 MATEMÁTICAS to add, add up

2 (componer una cantidad) to total, amount to, come to

■ eso suma cincuenta euros it comes to fifty euros

3 (compendiar) to summarize, sum up

► verbo pronominal sumarse

1 (unirse) to join (a, in)

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

suma y sigue carried forward 2 figurado and that's not all

* * *

verb

1) to add

2) total

* * *

1. VT

1) (Mat) to add (together)

suma estas dos cantidades — add these two amounts (together)

2) (=totalizar) to add up to, come to

la cuenta suma seis dólares — the bill adds up o comes to six dollars

dos y dos suman cuatro — two and two are o make four

3) † (=resumir) to summarize, sum up

2.

VI to add up

suma y sigue — (Contabilidad) carried forward

3.

See:

sumarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < cantidades> to add (up)

b) ( totalizar) to add up to

8 y 5 suman 13 — 8 and 5 add up to o make 13

2) ( agregar) <apoyo/éxito/interés> to add
2.
sumar vi to add up

suma y sigue — ( a pie de página) balance carried forward
3.
sumarse v pron

a) ( agregarse)

sumarse A algo: esto se suma a los problemas ya existentes this comes on top of o is in addition to any already existing problems; a su falta de experiencia se suma su poca habilidad — he lacks both experience and ability

b) ( adherirse)

sumarse A algo — (a protesta, celebración) to join something

* * *

= sum, tot up, tote up.

Ex. These scores were summed to obtain a research performance score for each department over the period of assessment.

Ex. Babies cry for an average of five hours a day for the first three months and tot up 51 days in their first year, according to survey.

Ex. When you tote up the carbon emissions caused by clearing land to grow corn, fertilizing it and transporting it, corn ethanol leaves twice the carbon footprint as gasoline.

----

* máquina de sumar = adding machine.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1)

a) < cantidades> to add (up)

b) ( totalizar) to add up to

8 y 5 suman 13 — 8 and 5 add up to o make 13

2) ( agregar) <apoyo/éxito/interés> to add
2.
sumar vi to add up

suma y sigue — ( a pie de página) balance carried forward
3.
sumarse v pron

a) ( agregarse)

sumarse A algo: esto se suma a los problemas ya existentes this comes on top of o is in addition to any already existing problems; a su falta de experiencia se suma su poca habilidad — he lacks both experience and ability

b) ( adherirse)

sumarse A algo — (a protesta, celebración) to join something

* * *

= sum, tot up, tote up.

Ex: These scores were summed to obtain a research performance score for each department over the period of assessment.

Ex: Babies cry for an average of five hours a day for the first three months and tot up 51 days in their first year, according to survey.

Ex: When you tote up the carbon emissions caused by clearing land to grow corn, fertilizing it and transporting it, corn ethanol leaves twice the carbon footprint as gasoline.

* máquina de sumar = adding machine.

* * *

sumar [A1 ]

vt

A

1 ‹cantidades› to add up, add

2 (totalizar) to add up to

18 y 15 suman 33 18 and 15 add up to o make 33

¿cuánto suman esas transacciones? how much do those dealings add up to o come to?

B (agregar) to add

sumaron su voz a la protesta they added their voices to the protest

■ sumar

vi

to add up

suma y sigue (a pie de página) balance carried forward

es la tercera vez este año ¡suma y sigue! it's the third time this year, and no doubt it'll happen again o and so it goes on

■ sumarse

v pron

1 (agregarse) sumarse A algo:

esto se suma a los problemas ya existentes this comes on top of o is in addition to the problems which already exist

a su falta de conocimientos se suma un total desinterés por la materia in addition to his lack of knowledge he displays no interest whatsoever in the subject

2 (adherirse) sumarse A algo to join sth

decidieron sumarse a los trabajadores en huelga they decided to come out with o join the striking workers

un nuevo cantante acaba de sumarse al grupo a new singer has just joined the group

* * *

sumar ( conjugate sumar) verbo transitivo
a) ‹ cantidades› to add (up)

b) ( totalizar) to add up to;

◊ 8 y 5 suman 13 8 and 5 add up to o make 13

verbo intransitivo
to add up
sumarse verbo pronominal
a) ( agregarse) sumarse A algo:

◊ esto se suma a los problemas ya existentes this comes on top of o is in addition to any already existing problems

b) ( adherirse) sumarse A algo ‹a protesta/celebración› to join sth

sumar verbo transitivo
1 Mat to add (up): seis y dos suman ocho, six and o plus two add up to o make eight
2 (la cuenta, la factura) la factura suma tres mil pesetas, the bill comes to three thousand pesetas
3 (añadir, incorporar) si al terremoto sumas las inundaciones, el desastre fue total, the earthquake, taken in conjunction with the flooding, meant total disaster
¿Cómo se dice 2 + 3 = 5?
Two and three is/equals five.
Two plus three is/equals five.
What's two and three?
' sumar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adición
- añadir
- hacer
- más
- suma
- ir
- ser
English:
add
- add up
- add up to
- addition
- fraction
- make
- sum
- tot up
- total
- tot

* * *

sumar

♦ vt

1. [varias cantidades] to add together;

súmale diez add ten

2. [dar como resultado] to add up to, to make;

tres y cinco suman ocho three and five make o are eight

3. [añadir] to add;

súmale a eso todas las mentiras que nos ha dicho to that we also have to add all the lies he's told us;

suma y sigue [en contabilidad] carried forward;
Fam here we go again!
4. [costar] to come to

♦ See also the pronominal verb sumarse

* * *

sumar

I v/t add;

5 y 6 suman 11 5 and 6 make 11

II v/i add up

* * *

sumar vt

1) : to add, to add up

2) : to add up to, to total

sumar vi

: to add up

♦ See also the reflexive verb sumarse

* * *

sumar vb to add up

diez y tres suman trece ten and three are thirteen

Spanish-English dictionary > sumar
9 como

adv.

1 as.

lo he hecho como es debido I did it as o the way it should be done

me encanta como bailas I love the way you dance

lo hagamos como lo hagamos habrá problemas whichever way we do it there'll be problems

2 as.

como te decía ayer… as I was telling you yesterday…

3 as.

trabaja como bombero he works as a fireman

dieron el dinero como anticipo they gave the money as an advance

4 about (aproximadamente).

me quedan como mil pesos I've got about a thousand pesos left

estamos como a mitad de camino we're about half-way there

tiene un sabor como a naranja it tastes a bit like an orange

5 like, as, such as, qua.

6 how, in which way.

7 some.

Pesa como cien libras It weighs some hundred pounds.

conj.

1 as, since (ya que).

como no llegabas, nos fuimos as o since you didn't arrive, we left

2 if (si). (peninsular Spanish)

como no me hagas caso, lo pasarás mal if you don't listen to me, there will be trouble

3 that (que).

después de tantas veces como te lo he explicado after all the times (that) I've explained it to you

prep.

1 like, as, just like, such as.

Te di esto en condición de préstamo I gave this to you as a loan.

2 as to.

3 how to.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: comer.

* * *

como

► adverbio

1 (modo) how

■ así fue como nos encontramos this is how we met

■ lo hizo como quiso he did it the way he wanted to

2 (comparación) as, like

■ negro como la noche as dark as night

■ camina como su madre he walks like his mother

■ hablas como un político you talk like a politician

3 (en calidad de) as

■ como director as director

■ como invitado as a guest

4 (según) as

■ como dice tu amigo as your friend says

5 familiar (aproximadamente) about

■ había como unos cien there were about a hundred

► conjunción

1 (así que) as

■ como llegaban se presentaban they introduced themselves as they arrived

2 (si) if

■ como lo vuelvas a hacer... if you do it again...

3 (porque) as, since

■ como llegamos tarde no pudimos entrar since we arrived late we couldn't get in

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

como quiera que (no importa cómo) however 2 (ya que) since, as, inasmuch as

como no sea que unless

como sea whatever happens, no matter what

como si lo viera familiar I can imagine perfectly well

como si nada / como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened

hacer como quien to pretend to +inf

■ hizo como quien estaba enfermo he pretended to be ill

hacer como si to pretend to +inf

■ hace como si no viese nada he's pretending not to see anything

tanto como eso no familiar not as much as that

* * *
1. conj.
1) as

2) like

3) if

4) since, given that
2. prep.
as, like

* * *

1. ADV

1) [indicando semejanza] like

tienen un perro como el nuestro — they've got a dog like ours

se portó como un imbécil — he behaved like an idiot

es como un pez — it's like a fish

juega como yo — he plays like me o like I do

como este hay pocos — there are few like this o him

sabe como a queso — it tastes a bit like cheese

blanco como la nieve — as white as snow

tuvo resultados como no se habían conocido antes — it had results such as had never been known before

2) [introduciendo ejemplo] such as

hay peces, como truchas y salmones — there are fish, such as trout and salmon

tiene ventajas, como son la resistencia y durabilidad — it has advantages, such as o like strength and durability

3) [indicando modo]

a) + indic

lo hice como me habían enseñado — I did it as I had been taught

hazlo como te dijo ella — do it like * o the way she told you

toca como canta — she plays like * o the same way as she sings

no es como me lo imaginaba — it isn't as o like * I imagined it

prefiero como lo haces tú — I prefer it the way you do it

la manera como sucedió — the way (in which) it happened

fue así como comenzó — that was how it began

lo levanté como pude — I lifted it as best I could

• tal como, tal como lo había planeado — just as o the way I had planned it

b) + subjun

hazlo como quieras — do it however you want o like

hazlo como puedas — do your best, do the best you can

• como sea — at all costs

tratan de mantenerse en el poder como sea — they will do whatever it takes to stay in power

está decidido a salvar como sea la vida del niño — he's determined to do whatever it takes to save the child's life

sea como sea — in any case

hay que evitar que nos eliminen sea como sea — we must avoid getting knocked out at all costs

4) (=en calidad de) as

lo usé como cuchara — I used it as a spoon

asistió como espectador — he attended as a spectator

lo dice como juez — he says it speaking as a judge

vale más como poeta — he is better as a poet

5) (=más o menos) about, around

había como cincuenta — there were about o around fifty

vino como a las dos — he came at about o around two

sentía como tristeza — she felt a sort o kind of sadness

6) [con valor causal]

libre como estaba — free as he was

2. CONJ

1) + indic (=ya que) as, since

como no tenía dinero — as o since I had no money

2) + indic (=según) as

como dice mi profesor — as my teacher says

como se ve en el gráfico — as you can see from the diagram

• tal (y) como están las cosas — the way things are, as things stand

tal como están los precios de las motos... — with motorbike prices as they are at the moment...

3) + indic (=cuando) as soon as

así como nos vio lanzó un grito — as soon as he saw us he shouted

4) + indic
(=que)
verás como les ganamos — we'll beat them, you'll see

ya verás como no vienen — I bet they won't come

• de tanto como, tienen las manos doloridas de tanto como aplaudieron — they clapped so much their hands hurt

de tanto como odio a los dos, no sé a quien odio más — I hate them both so much, I don't know which I hate the most

5) + subjun (=si) if

como vengas tarde, no comes — if you're late you'll get nothing to eat

como sea cierto, ¡estamos perdidos! — if it's true, we're done for!

¡como lo pierdas! — you'd better not lose it!, don't you lose it!

• como no, como no lo haga en seguida... — if he doesn't do it at once..., unless he does it at once...

no salimos, como no sea para ir al cine — we only go out if it's to go to the cinema, we don't go out unless it's to go to the cinema

6)

• como que — as if

¡como que yo soy tonto y me creo esas mentiras! — as if I was stupid enough to believe lies like that!

¡como que te van a pagar! — don't tell me they're going to pay you!

hizo como que no nos veía — he pretended not to see us

al tragar nota como que le molesta — he shows discomfort when swallowing

7)

• como si — as if, as though

siguió leyendo, como si no hubiera oído nada — he kept on reading, as if o as though he hadn't heard

sentí como si fuera a caerme — I felt as if o as though I was about to fall

como si no hubiera pasado nada — as if o as though nothing had happened

se comporta como si me odiara — he behaves as if o as though he hated me

como si fuera a llover — as if o as though it was going to rain

8)

• como para, ¡es como para denunciarlos! — it's enough to make you want to report them to the police!

tampoco es como para enfadarse tanto — there's no need to get so angry about it

9) CAm, Méx

a como dé o diera lugar — at any cost
así 1., 5), pronto 1., 4), querer 2., 1)
* * *
I
preposición

1)

a) ( en calidad de) as

quiero hablarte como amigo — I want to speak to you as a friend

el director tendrá como funciones... — the director's duties will be...

está considerado como lo mejor — he's considered (to be) the best

b) ( con el nombre de) as

se la conoce como `flor de luz' — it's known as `flor de luz'

c) ( por ejemplo) like

en algunos lugares como Londres — in some places such as o like London

2) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like

uno como el tuyo — one like yours

pienso como tú — I agree with you

fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz — it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz

bailó como nunca — she danced as o like she'd never danced before

me trata como a un imbécil — he treats me like an idiot

no hay nada como un buen coñac! — there's nothing like a good brandy!

como para + inf: es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry; fue como para pegarle — I could have hit him

3) (en locs)

así como — (frml) as well as

como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!; como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least; como nadie: cocina como nadie nobody cooks like her; como que...: conduce muy bien - como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well - well, he is a racing driver, after all; y no me lo dijiste - como que no lo sabía! and you didn't tell me about it - that's because I didn't know about it!; como ser (CS) such as, for example; como si (+ subj) as if, as though; ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa — she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all o in the least worried
II
conjunción

1) ( de la manera que) as

tal como había prometido — just as he had promised

como era de esperar — as was to be expected

como dice el refrán — as the saying goes

no me gustó como lo dijo — I didn't like the way she said it

(tal y) como están las cosas — as things stand; (+ subj)

hazlo como quieras/como puedas — do it any way you like/as best as you can

no voy - como quieras — I'm not going - please yourself o as you like

como quiera que sea — no matter what

la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame — bougainvillea or whatever it's called

2) ( puesto que) as, since

como era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta — since o as it was early, we went for a walk

3) (si) (+ subj) if

como te pille... — if I catch you...

4) ( en oraciones concesivas)

cansado como estaba, me ayudó — tired though o tired as he was, he helped me

5) ( que)

vimos como se los llevaban — we saw them being taken away

vas a ver como llega tarde — he'll be late, you'll see
III
adverbio

1) ( expresando aproximación) about

está como a cincuenta kilómetros — it's about fifty kilometers away

un sabor como a almendras — a kind of almondy taste

2) ( uso expletivo) kind of (colloq)

me da como vergüenza... — I find it kind of embarrassing...

* * *

= as, by way of, for the purpose of + Nombre, how, in the guise of, just as, like, qua, much as, as a kind of, as serving as, along the lines of, in + Posesivo + capacity as, such as, kind of like.

Ex. This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.

Ex. An annotation is a note added to the title and/or other bibliographic information concerning a document, by way of comment or explanation.

Ex. Taking the second situation for the purpose of illustration, there are four options for choice of title.

Ex. Inevitably any abridgement poses the dilemma how to abridge, that is, what to leave out and what to include.

Ex. Further, these indexers are probably so familiar with their subject area that, they whether in the guise of indexer or searcher, will profit little from any additional guides to relationships.

Ex. Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.

Ex. Thus, the computer-held term record files are most suitable for applications like Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) systems.

Ex. Such a concept came as a great surprise to many information educators who rather dismissively regarded the information qua information field of activity as being too limited.

Ex. More studies are needed to identify the full temporal effects of the personal computer, much as they did for television.

Ex. In a way, it is acting as a kind of bridge between the two, permitting traffic both ways where once there was a divide.

Ex. 45 libraries have been unofficially recognised by librarians as serving as model children's libraries.

Ex. The author considers the possibility of a shift from libraries to personal information service along the lines of the shift that has occured from public to private transport.

Ex. Strange that so helpful and charming a person in his capacity as a librarian could behave so monstrously; but behave thus he did.

Ex. Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.

Ex. It's kind of like trumping in public -- You simply do not do it!.

----

* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.

* aducir como evidencia = adduce as + evidence.

* algo así como = something like.

* añádase cómo = expand like.

* así como = as, as well as.

* así como así = just like that.

* así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....

* así es como = this is how.

* así es como es = that's how it is.

* caer como moscas = drop like + flies.

* como aclaración = in parenthesis.

* como algo natural = as a matter of course.

* como algo normal = as a matter of course.

* como algo opuesto a = as against.

* como algo residual = residually.

* como alternativa = as an alternative.

* como anillo al dedo = just the ticket, the right twigs for an eagle's nest, perfect fit, perfect match, that's the ticket!.

* como antes = as before.

* como apoyo a = in support of.

* como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).

* como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).

* como base para = as a basis for.

* como cabe esperar = unsurprisingly, as one might expect, as expected.

* como cabía esperar = as expected.

* como cabría esperar = as might be expected, as one might expect.

* como cabría suponer = as might be expected.

* como consecuencia = on this basis, on that basis, in doing so, in consequence, in accordance.

* como consecuencia (de) = as a result (of), in the wake of, as a consequence (of).

* cómo conseguir = obtainability.

* como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.

* como contrapartida = in return.

* como cooperativa = collegially.

* como corresponde = fittingly.

* como corresponde a = as befits.

* como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.

* como de costumbre = as usual, as always, according to normal practice.

* cómo demonios = how on earth.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como diferente a = as distinct from.

* cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.

* como dos gotas de agua = as alike as two peas in a pod, like two peas in a pod.

* como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.

* como el cuero = leathery.

* como el desierto = desert-like.

* como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.

* como el fuego = like wildfire.

* como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.

* como en casa = like home (away) from home.

* como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.

* como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.

* como era de esperar = as expected.

* como es debido = fittingly.

* como es de esperar = predictably, not surprisingly, as expected.

* como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.

* como es habitual = as always.

* como es natural = not unnaturally.

* como es normal = as always.

* como esto = like this.

* como fecha final = at the very latest.

* como forma de vida = as a way of life.

* como grogui = drowsily, groggily.

* como grupo = collectively.

* como guía = for guidance.

* como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.

* como la pólvora = like wildfire.

* como las ardillas = squirrel-like.

* como las empresas = business-like.

* como loca = like a madwoman.

* como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.

* como medida de seguridad = as a backup.

* como medida provisional = as an interim measure.

* como medida temporal = as an interim measure.

* como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.

* como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.

* como mínimo = at least, conservatively, at a minimum.

* como mínimo hasta que = minimally until.

* como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.

* como muestra de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.

* como muestra de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.

* como muestra de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.

* como muy tarde = at the latest.

* como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.

* como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.

* cómo nos las ingeniamos para... = how in the world....

* como nota al margen = on a sidenote.

* como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.

* como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.

* como opuesto a = as distinct from, as opposed to.

* como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.

* ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.

* como parásito = parasitically.

* como persona que = as one who.

* como pez fuera del agua = like a fish out of water.

* como polo opuesto = by polar contrast.

* como por arte de magia = magically, into thin air.

* como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.

* como por encanto = magically.

* como poseído = as one possessed.

* como preámbulo de = as a preamble to.

* como primera elección = as a first preference.

* como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.

* como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.

* como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.

* como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.

* como pruebas = in evidence, in evidence.

* como quiera que + Verbo = however + Verbo.

* como quieras llamarlo = whatever you call it.

* como reconocimiento a = in recognition of.

* como respuesta a = in reply to, in response to.

* como resultado = in consequence, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.

* como resultado (de) = as a consequence (of).

* como salido de fábrica = in mint condition.

* como segunda alternativa = as a backup.

* como se indicó en = as was pointed out in.

* como señal de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.

* como señal de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.

* como señal de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.

* cómo + ser = what + be like.

* como si = as though.

* como si dijéramos = as it were.

* como siempre = as always.

* como si fuese = as it were.

* como siga así = at this rate.

* como sigue = as follows.

* como símbolo de = as a token of, as a sign of.

* como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.

* como si no hubiera mañana = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se + Pronombre + hubiera tragado la tierra = into thin air.

* como si (se tratase de) = as if.

* como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.

* como sustituto de = in place of.

* como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.

* como término medio = on average.

* como todo un caballero = sportingly.

* como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.

* como una aguja en un pajar = like a needle in a haystack.

* como una balsa de aceite = like a millpond, calm like a millpond.

* como una cabra = stark raving mad, raving mad.

* como una cebolla = onion-like.

* como una condenada = like a madwoman.

* como una descosida = like a madwoman.

* como una forma de = as a means of.

* como una metralladora = quick-fire.

* como un basilisco = like a bear with a sore head.

* como un bobo = stupidly.

* como un bólido = like the clappers.

* como un campo de batalla = like a war zone.

* como un cencerro = barking mad, raving mad, stark raving mad.

* como un condenado = like the clappers, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.

* como un descosido = like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.

* como un detective = detectivelike, sleuthlike.

* como un elefante en una cacharrería = like an elephant in a china shop.

* como un energúmeno = like a bear with a sore head.

* como un estúpido = stupidly.

* como un experto = expertly.

* como un glaciar = glacially.

* como unidad global = as a whole.

* como un idiota = stupidly.

* como un loca = like a madwoman.

* como un loco = like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.

* como un método para = as a means of.

* como un modo de = as a way of.

* como un necio = stupidly.

* como un observador que pasa desapercibido = fly-on-the-wall, fly-on-the-wall.

* cómo uno se identifica a sí mismo = self-identification.

* como un platillo = saucer-like.

* como un poseído = as one possessed.

* como un rayo = in a flash.

* como un reguero de pólvora = like wildfire.

* como un relámpago = like greased lightning, like the clappers.

* como un reloj = as regular as clockwork, like clockwork.

* como un televisor = television-type.

* como un todo = as a whole.

* como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.

* como un torpe = foolishly.

* como un zombi = zombielike.

* como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* como + Voz Pasiva = as + Participio Pasado.

* como y cuando = as and when.

* como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.

* comportarse como se espera = be a sport.

* con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....

* conocerse como = be known as.

* dar como resultado = result (in).

* de cómo = as to how.

* durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.

* el modo como = the way in which.

* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* frase como encabezamiento = phrase heading.

* llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.

* mantenerse como válido = hold up.

* nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.

* no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.

* ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.

* para colmo = on top of everything else.

* plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.

* proponer como principio = posit.

* sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost.

* seleccionar como relevante = hit.

* ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.

* ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.

* tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.

* tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.

* tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.

* tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap).

* tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.

* tanto como siempre = as much as ever.

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective.

* tomar como ejemplo = take.

* un poco como = kind of like.

* * *
I
preposición

1)

a) ( en calidad de) as

quiero hablarte como amigo — I want to speak to you as a friend

el director tendrá como funciones... — the director's duties will be...

está considerado como lo mejor — he's considered (to be) the best

b) ( con el nombre de) as

se la conoce como `flor de luz' — it's known as `flor de luz'

c) ( por ejemplo) like

en algunos lugares como Londres — in some places such as o like London

2) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like

uno como el tuyo — one like yours

pienso como tú — I agree with you

fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz — it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz

bailó como nunca — she danced as o like she'd never danced before

me trata como a un imbécil — he treats me like an idiot

no hay nada como un buen coñac! — there's nothing like a good brandy!

como para + inf: es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry; fue como para pegarle — I could have hit him

3) (en locs)

así como — (frml) as well as

como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!; como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least; como nadie: cocina como nadie nobody cooks like her; como que...: conduce muy bien - como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well - well, he is a racing driver, after all; y no me lo dijiste - como que no lo sabía! and you didn't tell me about it - that's because I didn't know about it!; como ser (CS) such as, for example; como si (+ subj) as if, as though; ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa — she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all o in the least worried
II
conjunción

1) ( de la manera que) as

tal como había prometido — just as he had promised

como era de esperar — as was to be expected

como dice el refrán — as the saying goes

no me gustó como lo dijo — I didn't like the way she said it

(tal y) como están las cosas — as things stand; (+ subj)

hazlo como quieras/como puedas — do it any way you like/as best as you can

no voy - como quieras — I'm not going - please yourself o as you like

como quiera que sea — no matter what

la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame — bougainvillea or whatever it's called

2) ( puesto que) as, since

como era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta — since o as it was early, we went for a walk

3) (si) (+ subj) if

como te pille... — if I catch you...

4) ( en oraciones concesivas)

cansado como estaba, me ayudó — tired though o tired as he was, he helped me

5) ( que)

vimos como se los llevaban — we saw them being taken away

vas a ver como llega tarde — he'll be late, you'll see
III
adverbio

1) ( expresando aproximación) about

está como a cincuenta kilómetros — it's about fifty kilometers away

un sabor como a almendras — a kind of almondy taste

2) ( uso expletivo) kind of (colloq)

me da como vergüenza... — I find it kind of embarrassing...

* * *

= as, by way of, for the purpose of + Nombre, how, in the guise of, just as, like, qua, much as, as a kind of, as serving as, along the lines of, in + Posesivo + capacity as, such as, kind of like.

Ex: This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.

Ex: An annotation is a note added to the title and/or other bibliographic information concerning a document, by way of comment or explanation.

Ex: Taking the second situation for the purpose of illustration, there are four options for choice of title.

Ex: Inevitably any abridgement poses the dilemma how to abridge, that is, what to leave out and what to include.

Ex: Further, these indexers are probably so familiar with their subject area that, they whether in the guise of indexer or searcher, will profit little from any additional guides to relationships.

Ex: Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.

Ex: Thus, the computer-held term record files are most suitable for applications like Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) systems.

Ex: Such a concept came as a great surprise to many information educators who rather dismissively regarded the information qua information field of activity as being too limited.

Ex: More studies are needed to identify the full temporal effects of the personal computer, much as they did for television.

Ex: In a way, it is acting as a kind of bridge between the two, permitting traffic both ways where once there was a divide.

Ex: 45 libraries have been unofficially recognised by librarians as serving as model children's libraries.

Ex: The author considers the possibility of a shift from libraries to personal information service along the lines of the shift that has occured from public to private transport.

Ex: Strange that so helpful and charming a person in his capacity as a librarian could behave so monstrously; but behave thus he did.

Ex: Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.

Ex: It's kind of like trumping in public -- You simply do not do it!.

* ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.

* aducir como evidencia = adduce as + evidence.

* algo así como = something like.

* añádase cómo = expand like.

* así como = as, as well as.

* así como así = just like that.

* así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....

* así es como = this is how.

* así es como es = that's how it is.

* caer como moscas = drop like + flies.

* como aclaración = in parenthesis.

* como algo natural = as a matter of course.

* como algo normal = as a matter of course.

* como algo opuesto a = as against.

* como algo residual = residually.

* como alternativa = as an alternative.

* como anillo al dedo = just the ticket, the right twigs for an eagle's nest, perfect fit, perfect match, that's the ticket!.

* como antes = as before.

* como apoyo a = in support of.

* como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).

* como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).

* como base para = as a basis for.

* como cabe esperar = unsurprisingly, as one might expect, as expected.

* como cabía esperar = as expected.

* como cabría esperar = as might be expected, as one might expect.

* como cabría suponer = as might be expected.

* como consecuencia = on this basis, on that basis, in doing so, in consequence, in accordance.

* como consecuencia (de) = as a result (of), in the wake of, as a consequence (of).

* cómo conseguir = obtainability.

* como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.

* como contrapartida = in return.

* como cooperativa = collegially.

* como corresponde = fittingly.

* como corresponde a = as befits.

* como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.

* como de costumbre = as usual, as always, according to normal practice.

* cómo demonios = how on earth.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como diferente a = as distinct from.

* cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.

* como dos gotas de agua = as alike as two peas in a pod, like two peas in a pod.

* como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.

* como el cuero = leathery.

* como el desierto = desert-like.

* como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.

* como el fuego = like wildfire.

* como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.

* como en casa = like home (away) from home.

* como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.

* como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.

* como era de esperar = as expected.

* como es debido = fittingly.

* como es de esperar = predictably, not surprisingly, as expected.

* como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.

* como es habitual = as always.

* como es natural = not unnaturally.

* como es normal = as always.

* como esto = like this.

* como fecha final = at the very latest.

* como forma de vida = as a way of life.

* como grogui = drowsily, groggily.

* como grupo = collectively.

* como guía = for guidance.

* como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.

* como la pólvora = like wildfire.

* como las ardillas = squirrel-like.

* como las empresas = business-like.

* como loca = like a madwoman.

* como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.

* como medida de seguridad = as a backup.

* como medida provisional = as an interim measure.

* como medida temporal = as an interim measure.

* como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.

* como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.

* como mínimo = at least, conservatively, at a minimum.

* como mínimo hasta que = minimally until.

* como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.

* como muestra de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.

* como muestra de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.

* como muestra de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.

* como muy tarde = at the latest.

* como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.

* como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.

* cómo nos las ingeniamos para... = how in the world....

* como nota al margen = on a sidenote.

* como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.

* como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.

* como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.

* como opuesto a = as distinct from, as opposed to.

* como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.

* ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.

* como parásito = parasitically.

* como persona que = as one who.

* como pez fuera del agua = like a fish out of water.

* como polo opuesto = by polar contrast.

* como por arte de magia = magically, into thin air.

* como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.

* como por encanto = magically.

* como poseído = as one possessed.

* como preámbulo de = as a preamble to.

* como primera elección = as a first preference.

* como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.

* como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.

* como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.

* como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.

* como pruebas = in evidence, in evidence.

* como quiera que + Verbo = however + Verbo.

* como quieras llamarlo = whatever you call it.

* como reconocimiento a = in recognition of.

* como respuesta a = in reply to, in response to.

* como resultado = in consequence, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.

* como resultado (de) = as a consequence (of).

* como salido de fábrica = in mint condition.

* como segunda alternativa = as a backup.

* como se indicó en = as was pointed out in.

* como señal de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.

* como señal de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.

* como señal de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.

* cómo + ser = what + be like.

* como si = as though.

* como si dijéramos = as it were.

* como siempre = as always.

* como si fuese = as it were.

* como siga así = at this rate.

* como sigue = as follows.

* como símbolo de = as a token of, as a sign of.

* como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.

* como si no hubiera mañana = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.

* como si se + Pronombre + hubiera tragado la tierra = into thin air.

* como si (se tratase de) = as if.

* como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.

* como sustituto de = in place of.

* como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.

* como término medio = on average.

* como todo un caballero = sportingly.

* como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.

* como una aguja en un pajar = like a needle in a haystack.

* como una balsa de aceite = like a millpond, calm like a millpond.

* como una cabra = stark raving mad, raving mad.

* como una cebolla = onion-like.

* como una condenada = like a madwoman.

* como una descosida = like a madwoman.

* como una forma de = as a means of.

* como una metralladora = quick-fire.

* como un basilisco = like a bear with a sore head.

* como un bobo = stupidly.

* como un bólido = like the clappers.

* como un campo de batalla = like a war zone.

* como un cencerro = barking mad, raving mad, stark raving mad.

* como un condenado = like the clappers, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.

* como un descosido = like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.

* como un detective = detectivelike, sleuthlike.

* como un elefante en una cacharrería = like an elephant in a china shop.

* como un energúmeno = like a bear with a sore head.

* como un estúpido = stupidly.

* como un experto = expertly.

* como un glaciar = glacially.

* como unidad global = as a whole.

* como un idiota = stupidly.

* como un loca = like a madwoman.

* como un loco = like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.

* como un método para = as a means of.

* como un modo de = as a way of.

* como un necio = stupidly.

* como un observador que pasa desapercibido = fly-on-the-wall, fly-on-the-wall.

* cómo uno se identifica a sí mismo = self-identification.

* como un platillo = saucer-like.

* como un poseído = as one possessed.

* como un rayo = in a flash.

* como un reguero de pólvora = like wildfire.

* como un relámpago = like greased lightning, like the clappers.

* como un reloj = as regular as clockwork, like clockwork.

* como un televisor = television-type.

* como un todo = as a whole.

* como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.

* como un torpe = foolishly.

* como un zombi = zombielike.

* como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* como + Voz Pasiva = as + Participio Pasado.

* como y cuando = as and when.

* como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.

* comportarse como se espera = be a sport.

* con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....

* conocerse como = be known as.

* dar como resultado = result (in).

* de cómo = as to how.

* durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.

* el modo como = the way in which.

* el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.

* frase como encabezamiento = phrase heading.

* llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.

* mantenerse como válido = hold up.

* nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.

* no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.

* ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.

* para colmo = on top of everything else.

* plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.

* proponer como principio = posit.

* sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost.

* seleccionar como relevante = hit.

* ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.

* ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.

* tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.

* tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).

* tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.

* tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.

* tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.

* tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.

* tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap).

* tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.

* tanto como siempre = as much as ever.

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective.

* tomar como ejemplo = take.

* un poco como = kind of like.

* * *

como¹

prep

A

1 (en calidad de) as

usando el paraguas como bastón using his umbrella as a walking stick

quiero hablarte como amigo y no como abogado I want to speak to you as a friend and not as a lawyer

el director tendrá como funciones … the director's duties will be …

está considerado como lo mejor he's considered (to be) the best

lo presentó como su ex-marido she introduced him as her ex-husband

2 (con el nombre de) as

la flor conocida allí como `Santa Rita' the flower known there as `Santa Rita'

3 (por ejemplo) like

en algunas capitales como Londres in some capital cities such as London o like London

necesitamos a alguien como tú we need someone like you

tengo ganas de comer algo dulce — ¿como qué? I fancy something sweet — like what?

B (en comparaciones, contrastes) like

quiero un vestido como el tuyo I want a dress like yours

pienso como tú I agree with you

fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz

se portó como un caballero he behaved like a gentleman

la quiero como a una hija I love her like a daughter o as if she were my own daughter

bailó como nunca she danced as o like she'd never danced before

me trata como a un imbécil he treats me like an idiot o as if I were an idiot

se llama algo así como Genaro o Gerardo he's called something like Genaro or Gerardo

¡no hay nada como un buen coñac! there's nothing like a good brandy!

era verde, un verde como el de la alfombra de la oficina it was green, the color of the office carpet

como PARA + INF:

es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry, it makes you want to cry

C ( en locs):

así como ( frml); as well as

por esto, así como por muchas otras razones because of this, and for many other reasons as well o as well as for many other reasons

sus abundantes recursos naturales, así como su importancia estratégica its abundant natural resources, together with o as well as its strategic importance

como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!

como mucho at (the) most, at the outside

como poco at least

como nadie: hace la paella como nadie she makes wonderful paella, nobody makes paella like her

como que …: conduce muy bien — como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well — well, he is a racing driver, after all

le voy a decir cuatro cosas — sí, sí, como que te vas a atrever … I'm going to give him a piece of my mind — oh, yes? I'll believe that when I see it

y no me lo dijiste — ¡como que no sabía nada! and you didn't tell me about it — that's because I didn't know anything about it myself!

como ser (CS); such as, for example, like

como si (+ subj) as if, as though

actuó como si no le importara she acted as if o as though she didn't care

ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all worried o he behaves as if it's nothing (to worry about)

él como si nada or como si tal cosa, ni se inmutó he just stood there without batting an eyelid

como²

conjunction

A (de la manera que) as

no me gustó el modo or la manera como lo dijo I didn't like the way she said it

llegó temprano, tal como había prometido he arrived early, just as he had promised

ganó Raúl, como era de esperar Raúl won, as was to be expected

así en la tierra como en el cielo on Earth as it is in Heaven

como dice el refrán as the saying goes

(tal y) como están las cosas as things stand, the way things are

(+ subj): hazlo como quieras do it any way you like o how you like

no voy — como quieras I'm not going — please yourself o as you like

me dijo que me las arreglara como pudiera he told me to sort things as best I could

la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame bougainvillea or whatever it's called

como quiera que sea, ellos se llevaron la copa anyway, the point is they won the cup

B (puesto que) as, since

como todavía era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta since o as it was still early, we went for a walk, it was still early so we went for a walk

C (+ subj) (si) if

como te vuelva a encontrar por aquí if I catch you around here again

D

(en oraciones concesivas): cansado como estaba, se ofreció a ayudarme tired though o tired as he was, he offered to help me

joven como es, tiene más sentido común que tú he may be young but he has more common sense than you

E

(que): vimos como se los llevaban en una furgoneta we saw them being taken away in a van, we saw how they were taken away in a van

vas a ver como llega tarde he'll be late, you'll see

como³

adverb

A (expresando aproximación) about

como a la mitad del camino about half way there

está como a cincuenta kilómetros it's about fifty kilometers away

vino como a las seis she came at around o about six

tiene un sabor como a almendras it has a kind of almondy taste, it tastes something like o a bit like almonds

un ruido como de un motor a noise like that of an engine

B (uso expletivo) kind of ( colloq)

es que me da como vergüenza … I find it kind of embarrassing …

* * *

Del verbo comer: ( conjugate comer)

como es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

Multiple Entries:
algo como
comer
como
cómo
comer ( conjugate comer) verbo intransitivo
a) ( en general) to eat;

◊ no tengo ganas de cómo I'm not hungry;

este niño no me come nada (fam) this child won't eat anything (colloq);
dar(le) de cómo a algn (en la boca) to spoonfeed sb;
darle de cómo al gato/al niño to feed the cat/the kid;
salir a cómo (fuera) to go out for a meal, to eat out;
¿qué hay de cómo? ( a mediodía) what's for lunch?;

( por la noche) what's for dinner o supper?
b) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almorzar) to have lunch;

◊ nos invitaron a cómo they asked us to lunch

c) (esp AmL) ( cenar) to have dinner

verbo transitivo
a) ‹fruta/verdura/carne› to eat;

◊ ¿puedo cómo otro? can I have another one?;

no tienen qué cómo they don't have anything to eat
b) (fam) ( hacer desaparecer) See Also→ comerse 3

c) (en ajedrez, damas) to take

comerse verbo pronominal
1
a) ( al escribir) ‹acento/palabra› to leave off;

‹línea/párrafo› to miss out
b) ( al hablar) ‹ letra› to leave off;

‹ palabra› to swallow
2 ( enf) ‹ comida› to eat;
◊ cómetelo todo eat it all up;

cómose las uñas to bite one's nails
3 (fam) ( hacer desaparecer)
a) [acido/óxido] to eat away (at);

[polilla/ratón] to eat away (at)
b) [inflación/alquiler] ‹sueldo/ahorros› to eat away at

como preposición
a) ( en calidad de) as;

◊ quiero hablarte cómo amigo I want to speak to you as a friend

b) ( con el nombre de) as;

◊ se la conoce cómo `flor de luz' it's known as `flor de luz'

c) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like;

◊ uno cómo el tuyo one like yours;

¡no hay nada cómo un buen coñac! there's nothing like a good brandy!;
es cómo para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry
d) ( en locs)

◊ así como (frml) as well as;

como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least;
como ser (CS) such as, for example;
como si (+ subj) as if, as though
■ conjunción
a) ( de la manera que) as;

◊ tal cómo había prometido just as he had promised;

cómo era de esperar as was to be expected;
no me gustó cómo lo dijo I didn't like the way she said it;
(tal y) cómo están las cosas as things stand;
hazlo cómo quieras/cómo mejor puedas do it any way you like/as best as you can;
no voy — cómo quieras I'm not going — please yourself
b) ( puesto que) as, since;

◊ cómo era temprano, fui a dar una vuelta as it was early, I went for a walk

c) (si) (+ subj) if;

◊ cómo te pille … if I catch you …

■ adverbio ( expresando aproximación) about;
◊ está cómo a cincuenta kilómetros it's about fifty kilometers away;

un sabor cómo a almendras a kind of almondy taste
cómo adverbio
a) ( de qué manera) how;

◊ ¿cómo estás? how are you?;

¿cómo es tu novia? what's your girlfriend like?;
¿cómo es de grande? how big is it?;
¿cómo te llamas? what's your name?
b) ( por qué) why, how come (colloq);

◊ ¿cómo no me lo dijiste antes? why didn't you tell me before?

c) ( al solicitar que se repita algo) sorry?, pardon?;

◊ ¿cómo dijo? sorry, what did you say?

d) ( en exclamaciones):

◊ ¡cómo llueve! it's really raining!;

¡cómo comes! the amount you eat!;
¡cómo! ¿no te lo han dicho? what! haven't they told you?
e) ( en locs)

◊ ¿a cómo …?: ¿a cómo están los tomates? (fam) how much are the tomatoes?;

¿a cómo estamos hoy? (AmL) what's the date today?;
¡cómo no! of course!;
¿cómo que …?: ¿cómo que no fuiste tú? what do you mean it wasn't you?;
aquí no está — ¿cómo que no? it isn't here — what do you mean it isn't there?
comer
I verbo transitivo
1 to eat
2 (en el parchís, etc) to take
3 (estrechar) ese corte de pelo te come la cara, that haircut makes your face look thinner
ese mueble te come mucho salón, that piece of furniture makes your living room look smaller
II verbo intransitivo to eat: hay que darle de comer al perro, we have to feed the dog
♦ Locuciones: familiar comer como una lima, to eat like a horse
familiar comer el coco/tarro a alguien, to brainwash somebody
sin comerlo ni beberlo, le pusieron una sanción, although he has nothing to do with it, he was disciplined
como
I adverbio
1 (manera) how: hazlo como quieras, do it however you like
me gusta como habla, I like the way he speaks
2 (semejanza, equivalencia) as: es como tú, he's just like you
terco como una mula, as stubborn as a mule
3 (conformidad) as: como estaba diciendo..., as I was saying...
como indica el prospecto, as the instructions say
4 (aproximadamente) about
como a la mitad de camino, more or less halfway
como unos treinta, about thirty
II conj
1 como [+ subj], (si) if: como no comas, no vas al cine, if you don't eat, you won't go to the cinema
2 (porque) as, since
como llamó tan tarde, ya no me encontró, as he phoned so late, he didn't find me in
3 como si, as if
como si nada o tal cosa, as if nothing had happened
familiar como si lo viera, I can just imagine it
III prep (en calidad de) as: lo aconsejé como amigo, I advised him as a friend
visitó el museo como experto, she visited the museum as an expert
¿As, like o how?
As se usa para hablar de la función, uso, papel o trabajo de una persona o cosa (trabajó como camarera durante las vacaciones, she worked as a waitress during the holidays) o para comparar dos acciones o situaciones y expresar su similitud. En este caso es necesario disponer de un verbo: Entró de botones, como lo había hecho su padre veinte años antes. He entered as an office-boy, as his father had twenty years before.
Cuando como va seguido de un sustantivo o pronombre también puedes usar like para comparar dos acciones o situaciones: Es como su padre. He's just like his father. Sin embargo, si va seguido de una preposición, hay que usar as: En marzo, como en abril, llovió. In March, as in April, it rained.
Nunca debes usar how en comparaciones, porque sólo expresa la manera de hacer las cosas: ¿Cómo lo hiciste?, How did you do it?
cómo adverbio
1 (interrogativo) how: ¿cómo es de alto?, how high is it?
¿cómo estás?, how are you?
¿cómo se hace?, how is it made?
2 (cuánto) ¿a cómo están los plátanos?, how much are the bananas?
3 (por qué) ¿cómo es que no nos avisaste?, why didn't you warn us?
familiar ¿cómo es eso?, how come?
4 (cuando no se ha oído bien) ¿cómo?, what?
5 (exclamativo) how
¡cómo ha cambiado!, how she's changed!
♦ Locuciones: cómo no, of course
' cómo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aburrirse
- acabada
- acabado
- acondicionar
- acreditar
- actuar
- adiós
- alma
- alquilar
- alta
- alto
- amable
- andar
- apear
- apenas
- aprendizaje
- arreglarse
- arte
- así
- atizar
- atonía
- baja
- bajo
- bala
- balsa
- bañera
- bastante
- beber
- bestia
- borrega
- borrego
- botija
- buenamente
- cabra
- cada
- caracterización
- casa
- cencerro
- cerrarse
- cesar
- chinche
- cielo
- coco
- coletilla
- colorada
- colorado
- comer
- como
- como quiera
- comoquiera
English:
ablaze
- above
- abroad
- acclaim
- accordingly
- act
- address
- alternatively
- always
- arouse
- as
- ashen
- attractive
- awaken
- away
- back
- barrage
- bash out
- be
- beaver away
- best
- bicker
- big
- black
- blind
- bolt
- bombshell
- bone
- border
- bored
- both
- break
- breed
- brownout
- by-product
- cake
- calculate
- care
- chalk
- champagne
- change
- charm
- cheer
- churn out
- class
- climax
- clown around
- coin
- colour
- come about

* * *

Como nm

el lago Como Lake Como

* * *

como

I adv

1 as;

como amigo as a friend

2 ( aproximadamente)

:

había como cincuenta there were about fifty;

hace como una hora about an hour ago

3

:

así como as well as

II conj

1 if;

como si as if;

como si fuera tonto as if he were o was an idiot;

como no bebas vas a enfermar if you don’t drink you’ll get sick

2 expresando causa as, since;

como no llegó, me fui solo as o since she didn’t arrive, I went by myself

3

:

me gusta como habla I like the way he talks;

como quiera any way you want

* * *

cómo adv

: how

¿cómo estás?: how are you?

¿a cómo están las manzanas?: how much are the apples?

¿cómo?: excuse me?, what was that?

¿se puede? ¡cómo no!: may I? please do!

como adv

1) : around, about

cuesta como 500 pesos: it costs around 500 pesos

2) : kind of, like

tengo como mareos: I'm kind of dizzy

como conj

1) : how, as

hazlo como dijiste que lo harías: do it the way you said you would

2) : since, given that

como estaba lloviendo, no salí: since it was raining, I didn't go out

3) : if

como lo vuelva a hacer lo arrestarán: if he does that again he'll be arrested

4)

como quiera : in any way

como prep

1) : like, as

ligero como una pluma: light as a feather

2)

así como : as well as

* * *

como¹ adv

1. (manera) how

te puedes vestir como quieras you can dress how you like

hazlo como te he enseñado do it the way I showed you

2. (comparaciones) as / like

ya estás tan alta como tu hermano you're as tall as your brother now

tengo una camiseta como ésa I've got a T shirt like that one

3. (según) as

como se puede ver as can be seen

4. (ejemplo) like

algunas aves, como el pingüino, no vuelan some birds, like penguins, can't fly

5. (aproximadamente) about

creo que tengo como cien novelas de aventuras I think I've got about a hundred adventure novels

6. (en calidad de) as

utiliza la caja como una mesilla use the box as a beside table

como sea at all costs / no matter what

como si as if / as though

sigue como si no estuviera aquí carry on as if I weren't here

como² conj

1. (causa) as

como hacía sol, nos fuimos a la playa as it was sunny, we went to the beach

2. (condición) if

como llegues tarde, te quedarás sin pastel if you're late, you won't get any cake

Spanish-English dictionary > como
10 ὡς

ὡς:—Summary:

A as ADVERB of Manner.

Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.

Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.

Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.

Ad ὡς temporal, when.

Ae ὡς Local, where,

B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.

C, D various usages.

A ADVERB of Manner:

Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.; ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a; ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.

2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76; οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.); κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160
(Delph., ii B. C.); Thess. καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.

3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8; οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.

4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.

Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:

I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
: ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.; ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20; θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
; οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com., Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.

2 like as, just as, ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.

3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον) οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα) εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
; τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
; τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124
; ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60
; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278; τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν) βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.

4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d; ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.

II with Adverbial clauses:

1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν) τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65; ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.

2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395
(lyr.); so ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
and ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
; ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1
; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118; μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.; ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also with ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.

3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as, ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
; ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
; ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.

III with Adverbs:

a with the Posit.,
ὡς ἀληθῶς
truly, Pl.Phdr. 234e
(cf. ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34
(Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.); ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2; ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
; ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32; ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.

b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a
; ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.

c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be, ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104; ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed, ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
; ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
; μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
; ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous, ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
; βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.

d with [comp] Comp., ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1
, 3.82.1.

e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly, ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d; ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.; ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.

2 with Adjs.,

a Posit., ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.

b with [comp] Sup., ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
; ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
; ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.

c separated from the Adj. by a Prep., ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246; ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
; ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.

Ac Relat. and Interrog., how, μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a; ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.; οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly, οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.

2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a; αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.

Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic., ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever, ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions, τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.; ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65; ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr., ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
; ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; also ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
; Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated, ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.

2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
, ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf. ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while, ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36; ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until, τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).

Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).

B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:

I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.

II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.

III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.

IV Causal, since, because.

I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact, γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands, προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic., μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense, κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.

2 with Verbs of feeling, χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
; ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.

II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses, βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
; τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
; ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
; [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε) κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392; ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf. ἵνα B. 1.3
, ὅπως B. 1.3
.

3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion, ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf. ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.; ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so without ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.

III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24; ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.; ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
; οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
; ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic., οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.

2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp., μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
; μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf. ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.

3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12; ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.

IV Causal, inasmuch as, since, τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt., μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.

2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.

C [full] ὡς before

I Participles;

II Prepositions; and

III ὡς itself as a Preposition.

I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as, ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut., διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7
, etc.; δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
; ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions, παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
; ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing, ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.

2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253
; τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e
; ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e
, cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54; νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202
(lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence, τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.

3 with Parts. put abs. in gen., νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώτα ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281
, cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc., μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence, ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.

II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22; φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126; ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
; πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
; τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following: ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; also ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
; ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.

b later, in geographical expressions, of direction, προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22; ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν) ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.

III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218
(v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf. αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt., ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att., ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79
; ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39; ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g. ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103; ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.

D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:

I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194; φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d; ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.

2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh. ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488
(troch.).

II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone, ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
; ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444
; ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.

2 joined with other words of wishing, ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
; ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.

E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly, σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v. μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals, δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c; δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. ὡσεί 111
.

F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:

1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf. ἵνα B.11.3c
.

2 know that (sc. ἴσθι) , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117
; ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400
, cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com., ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119
.

3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference), ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3; ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31
, cf. 79; ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb, ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; also ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).

G [full] ὡς pleonast. in ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.

H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf. ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς
11 apenas

adv.

1 scarcely, hardly (casi no).

apenas me puedo mover I can hardly move

2 only.

hace apenas dos minutos only two minutes ago

3 as soon as (tan pronto como).

apenas llegó, sonó el teléfono no sooner had he arrived than the phone rang

4 almost, approximately, barely, hardly.

5 only just, no sooner, just.

pres.indicat.

2^nd person singular (tú) present indicative of spanish verb: apenar.

* * *

apenas

► adverbio

1 (casi no) scarcely, hardly

■ apenas bebió he hardly drank anything

■ apenas lo conozco I hardly know him

2 (con dificultad) only just

■ el niño apenas subió la escalera the boy only just made it up the stairs

3 (tan pronto como) as soon as, no sooner

■ apenas entramos, sonó el teléfono no sooner had we had come in than the phone rang

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

apenas si hardly

■ apenas si se oía it could hardly be heard

* * *
1. conj.
as soon as
2. adv.
1) barely

2) hardly, scarcely

* * *

1. ADV

1) (=casi no) hardly, scarcely

apenas consigo dormir — I can hardly o scarcely o barely sleep

-¿has leído mucho últimamente? -apenas — "have you been reading much lately?" - "hardly anything"

cocinan sin apenas aceite — they cook with hardly any oil

siguió trabajando durante horas, sin apenas acusar el cansancio — he went on working for hours, with hardly any sign of tiredness

• apenas nada — hardly anything

no recuerdo apenas nada — I hardly remember anything

no sé apenas nada de ese tema — I hardly know anything about that subject, I know almost nothing o next to nothing about that subject

• apenas nadie — hardly anybody

• apenas si, apenas si nos habló durante toda la cena — he hardly o barely o scarcely said a word to us throughout the whole dinner

apenas si nos queda dinero — we have hardly any money left

2) (=casi nunca) hardly ever

ahora apenas voy — I hardly ever go now

3) (=escasamente) only

faltan apenas cinco minutos — there's only five minutes to go

hace apenas un año que nos conocimos — it's only a year ago that we met

había muy pocos alumnos, apenas diez o doce — there were very few students, only o barely ten or twelve

yo apenas tenía catorce años — I was barely fourteen, I was only just fourteen

4) (=solamente) only

apenas voy por la página cinco — I'm only on page five

apenas entonces me di cuenta de lo que pasaba — it was only then that I realized what was happening

2.

CONJ esp LAm (=en cuanto) as soon as

abandonaron la ciudad apenas amanecido — they left the city as soon as it got light

apenas llegue, te llamo — I'll phone you as soon as I arrive

apenas había cumplido quince años cuando... — he'd only just turned fifteen when...
APENAS El adverbio apenas tiene dos traducciones principales en inglés: hardly y scarcely, este último usado en lenguaje más formal. ► Estos adverbios se colocan normalmente detrás de los verbos auxiliares y modales y delante de los demás verbos: Apenas podía hablar después del accidente He could hardly o scarcely speak after the accident Apenas nos conocemos We hardly o scarcely know each other ► Sin embargo, en oraciones temporales, podemos colocar hardly y scarcely al principio de la oración si queremos reforzar la inmediatez de algo, o como recurso estilístico en cuentos y relatos. En este caso los adverbios van siempre seguidos de un verbo auxiliar, con lo que se invierte el orden normal del sujeto y del verbo en inglés, quedando la estructura hardly/ scarcely + had + ((sujeto)) + ((participio)) + when ...: Apenas me había acostado cuando oí un ruido extraño Hardly o Scarcely had I gone to bed when I heard a strange noise En este sentido se suele utilizar también no sooner + had + ((sujeto)) + ((participio)) + than...: Apenas me había acostado cuando oí un ruido extraño No sooner had I gone to bed than I heard a strange noise Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
* * *
I
adverbio

a) ( a duras penas) hardly

apenas podíamos oírlo — we could hardly o barely hear him

hace apenas dos horas — only two hours ago

sin apenas trámites — with a minimum of formalities

b) ( no bien)

apenas había llegado cuando... — no sooner had he arrived than...

c) (Méx, Ven fam) ( recién)

apenas el lunes la podré ir a ver — I won't be able to go and see her until Monday
II
conjunción (esp AmL) ( en cuanto) as soon as

apenas termines, me avisas — let me know as soon as you've finished

* * *

= hardly, rarely, scarcely, barely, by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, seldom.

Ex. It is hardly fair to assess the BM code by modern standards for catalogue codes, but there are obvious areas in which it would now be regarded as lacking.

Ex. An unsought term is one which a user would rarely, if ever, think of consulting in the A/Z index when formulating his request for information about a particular subject.

Ex. The machine is indeed capable of providing very rapid access based on combinations of data elements; combinations which a human could scarcely keep in mind while reviewing entries in a static, manual file.

Ex. There are fewer women library directors now than in 1964, and in all types of employment women earn barely more than half the earnings of men.

Ex. The middle class holds on by the skin of its teeth, saved from a real downward slide only by record increases in the number of dual-income families.

Ex. It can be indexed by the all access-point files in the system catalog, but it is seldom necessary to have more than name, title, and subject indexes.

----

* apenas + Participio = sketchily + Participio.

* apenas visible = faint.

* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* ganar a Alguien sin apenas hacer ningún esfuerzo = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* permitir apenas = leave + little room for.

* sin apenas ser oído = as quiet as a mouse.

* * *
I
adverbio

a) ( a duras penas) hardly

apenas podíamos oírlo — we could hardly o barely hear him

hace apenas dos horas — only two hours ago

sin apenas trámites — with a minimum of formalities

b) ( no bien)

apenas había llegado cuando... — no sooner had he arrived than...

c) (Méx, Ven fam) ( recién)

apenas el lunes la podré ir a ver — I won't be able to go and see her until Monday
II
conjunción (esp AmL) ( en cuanto) as soon as

apenas termines, me avisas — let me know as soon as you've finished

* * *

= hardly, rarely, scarcely, barely, by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, seldom.

Ex: It is hardly fair to assess the BM code by modern standards for catalogue codes, but there are obvious areas in which it would now be regarded as lacking.

Ex: An unsought term is one which a user would rarely, if ever, think of consulting in the A/Z index when formulating his request for information about a particular subject.

Ex: The machine is indeed capable of providing very rapid access based on combinations of data elements; combinations which a human could scarcely keep in mind while reviewing entries in a static, manual file.

Ex: There are fewer women library directors now than in 1964, and in all types of employment women earn barely more than half the earnings of men.

Ex: The middle class holds on by the skin of its teeth, saved from a real downward slide only by record increases in the number of dual-income families.

Ex: It can be indexed by the all access-point files in the system catalog, but it is seldom necessary to have more than name, title, and subject indexes.

* apenas + Participio = sketchily + Participio.

* apenas visible = faint.

* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.

* ganar a Alguien sin apenas hacer ningún esfuerzo = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.

* permitir apenas = leave + little room for.

* sin apenas ser oído = as quiet as a mouse.

* * *

apenas¹

adverb

1 (a duras penas) hardly

apenas les alcanza para comer they've barely o hardly o scarcely enough to live on

apenas podíamos oír lo que decía we could hardly o barely hear what he was saying, we could only just hear what they were saying

hace apenas dos horas que empecé I only started two hours ago

apenas (si) sabe pedir un café en francés it's as much as he can do to order o he can hardly order a cup of coffee in French

apenas (si) nos dirigió la palabra she hardly spoke to us

sin apenas trámites with a minimum of formalities

2

apenas … cuando no sooner … than

apenas había tomado posesión del cargo, cuando empezaron los problemas he had no sooner taken up o no sooner had he taken up the post than the problems began

3

(Méx, Ven fam) (recién): apenas el lunes la podré ir a ver I won't be able to go and see her until Monday

apenas²

conjunction

( esp AmL) (en cuanto) as soon as

apenas lo supo, corrió a decírselo as soon as she found out, she ran to tell him

apenas + SUBJ:

apenas termines, me avisas let me know as soon as you've finished

dijo que me llamaría apenas llegara she said she'd phone me as soon as she arrived o the moment she arrived

* * *

Del verbo apenar: ( conjugate apenar)

apenas es:

2ª persona singular (tú) presente indicativo

Multiple Entries:
apenar
apenas
apenar ( conjugate apenar) verbo transitivo
to sadden
apenarse verbo pronominal
1 ( entristecerse):
◊ se sintió apenado por su muerte he was saddened by her death;

se apenó mucho cuando lo supo he was very upset o sad when he learned of it
2 (AmL exc CS) ( sentir vergüenza) to be embarrassed
apenas adverbio
a) ( a duras penas) hardly;

◊ apenas podíamos oírlo we could hardly hear him;

hace apenas dos horas only two hours ago
b) ( no bien):

◊ apenas había llegado cuando … no sooner had he arrived than …

c) (Méx, Ven fam) ( recién):

◊ apenas el lunes la podré ir a ver I won't be able to go and see her until Monday;

apenas va por la página 10 he's only on page 10
■ conjunción (esp AmL) ( en cuanto) as soon as
apenar verbo transitivo to grieve, sadden, pain
apenas
I adverbio
1 (casi no, difícilmente) hardly, scarcely: apenas (si) habla, he hardly says a word
2 (escasamente) hace apenas una hora que la vi, I saw her just an hour ago
II conj (tan pronto como) as soon as: apenas lo vi, me desmayé, I fainted as soon as I saw him
' apenas' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
balbucear
- exigua
- exiguo
- paliar
- fuego
- justo
- pena
- que
- sostener
English:
barely
- discern
- exist
- hardly
- inconspicuous
- only
- scarcely
- soon
- bread
- faint
- faintly
- just
- skim
- string
- survive
- than
- weakly

* * *

apenas

♦ adv

1. [casi no] scarcely, hardly;

apenas duerme/descansa she hardly sleeps/rests at all;

no estudia apenas he hardly studies at all;

apenas te dolerá it will scarcely o hardly hurt at all;

¿solías ir a la discoteca? – apenas did you use to go to the disco? – hardly ever;

apenas (si) me puedo mover I can hardly move;

sin que apenas protestara, sin que protestara apenas almost without her protesting (at all), without her hardly protesting (at all);

sin apenas dinero without hardly any money (at all), with next to no money;

sin apenas comer without hardly eating, without eating almost anything

2. [tan sólo] only;

en apenas dos minutos in only two minutes, in little under two minutes;

hace apenas dos minutos only two minutes ago;

apenas llevo dos horas en este país I've hardly been in this country for two hours, I haven't been in this country for more than two hours

3. Méx [no antes de]
apenas me pagan el lunes I won't get paid till Monday

♦ conj
[tan pronto como] as soon as;
apenas conocido el resultado, comenzaron a celebrarlo as soon as they heard the result, they started celebrating;

apenas llegaron, se pusieron a comer no sooner had they arrived than they began eating;

apenas acabes, dímelo let me know as soon as you've finished

* * *

apenas

I adv hardly, scarcely;

falta apenas una hora there’s barely an hour left;

la película ha comenzado hace apenas unos minutos the movie started just a few minutes ago, the movie has only just started;

apenas nada hardly anything

II conj as soon as

* * *

apenas adv

: hardly, scarcely

apenas conj

: as soon as

* * *

apenas adv

1. (casi no) hardly

apenas daba crédito a mis oídos I could hardly believe my ears

no llevaba apenas equipaje she had hardly any luggage

2. (casi nunca) hardly ever

apenas sale con los amigos he hardly ever goes out with his friends

3. (solo) only / just

apenas hace cinco minutos que se ha ido he left just five minutes ago

4. (tan pronto como) as soon as

apenas se acostó, se quedó dormido as soon as he got into bed, he felt asleep

Spanish-English dictionary > apenas
12 अपि _api

अपि ind. (Sometimes with the अ dropped according to the opinion of Bhāguri; वष्टि भागुरिरल्लोपमवाप्योरुपसर्गयोः; पिधा, पिधान &c.)

1 (Used with roots and nouns in the sense of) Placing near or over, taking towards, uniting with; reaching or going up to, proximity, nearness &c. [cf. Gr. epi, Zend api, Germ. and Eng. be]. (Note:- अपि, as a prefix to roots, occurs mostly in Veda, its place being taken by अभि in classical literature).

-2 (As a separable adverb or conjunction) And, also, too, moreover, besides, in addition, having a cumulative force (समुच्चय); अस्ति मे सोदरस्नेहो$प्येतेषु; Ś.1 on one's part, in one's turn; विष्णुशर्मणा$पि राजपुत्राः पाठिताः Pt.1; राजा$पि मुनिवाक्यमङ्गीकृत्यातिष्ठत् Dk.2; अपि-अपि or अपि च as well as, and also; अपि स्तुहि, अपि सिञ्च P.I.4.46 Sk., न नापि-न चैव, न वा$पि, नापि वा चापि neither-nor; न चापि काव्यं नवमित्यवद्यम् M.1.2 nor; वा$पि or; अल्पो$प्येवं महान् वा$पि Ms.3.53 whether small or great.

-3 It is often used to express emphasis in the sense of 'too', 'even', 'very'; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणा$सौ H.1.19 the very moon; यूयमप्यनेन कर्मणा परिश्रान्ताः Ś.1 even you, you also; अन्यदपि also another; अद्यापि even, yet, still, even now; इदानीमपि even now; मुहूर्तमपि even for a moment, for one moment at least; नाद्यापि not yet; यद्यपि though, although, even if; तथापि still, यद्यपि बहु नाधीषे तथापि पठ पुत्र व्याकरणम्; nevertheless, notwithstanding, yet; sometimes यद्यपि is understood, तथा$पि only being used; as in भवादृशेषु प्रमदाजनोदितं भवत्यधिक्षेप इवानुशासनम् । तथा$पि वक्तुं व्यवसाययन्ति मां निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki 1.28.

-4 Though (oft. translatable by 'even', 'even if'); सरसिजमनुविद्धं शैवलेनापि रम्यम् Ś.1.2 though over-spread &c.; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी ibid. though in her bark dress; बलवदपि शिक्षितानाम् 1.2 though ever so learned. In this sense अपि is most frequently used by writers to show real or imaginary opposition (विरोध); कृष्णमपि असुदर्शनम्, पुष्पवत्यपि पवित्रा &c.

-5 But however.

-6 Used at the beginning of sen- tences अपि introduces a question; अपि सन्निहितो$त्र कुलपतिः Ś.i; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशं...अपि स्वशक्त्या तपसि प्रवर्तसे Ku.5.33,34,35; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4.

-7 Hope, expectation (usually with the potential mood); कृतं रामसदृशं कर्म । अपि जीवेत्स ब्राह्मणशिशुः U.2 I hope the Brāhmaṇa boy comes to life. Note-- In this sense अपि is frequently used with नाम and has the sense of (a) 'is it likely', 'may it be'; (b) 'perhaps', 'in all probabi- lity' or (c) 'would that', 'I wish or hope that'; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; Ś.7; तदपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1 perhaps, in all probability; अपि नाम तयोः कल्याणिनोः अभिमतः पाणिग्रहः स्यात् ibid.; अपि नाम रामभद्रः पुनरपीदं वनमलङ्कुर्यात् U.2; 'is it likely', 'I wish'; यथा वनज्योत्स्नानुरूपेण पादपेन संगता अपि नाम एवमहमप्यात्मनो$नुरूपं वरं लभेयेति Ś.1 would that; अपि नामाहं पुरूरवा भवेयम् V.2 I wish I were P.

-8 Affixed to inter- rogative words, अपि makes the sense indefinite, 'any', 'some'; को$पि some one; कीमपि something; कुत्रापि some- where; कदा$पि at any time; कथमपि any how &c. के$पि एते प्रवयसः त्वां दिदृक्षवः U.4 some people. It may often be translated by 'unknown', 'indescribable', 'inexpres- sible' (अनिर्वाच्य); व्यतिषजति पदार्थानान्तरः को$पि हेतुः U.6.12. तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः 2.19; Mu.3.22; K.143; को$पि महिमा स्यात् U.6,6.11,7.12; Māl.1.26; R.1.46.

-9 After words expressing number, अपि has the sense of 'totality', 'all'; चतुर्णामपि वर्णानाम् of all the 4 castes; सर्वैरपि राज्ञां प्रयोजनम् Pt.1.

-1 It sometimes ex- presses 'doubt' or 'uncertainty', 'fear' (शङ्का); अपि चोरो भवेत् G. M. there is perhaps a thief.

-11 (with pot. mood) It has the sense of संभावना 'possibility', 'sup- position'; P.I.4.96;III.3.154; अपि स्तुयाद्विष्णुम्, अपि स्तुयाद्राजानम्, अपि गिरिं शिरसा भिन्द्यात् Sk.; सो$यमपि सिञ्चेत्सहस्रं द्राक्षाणां क्षणेनैकेन Dk.127.

-12 Contempt, censure, or re- proof; P.I.4.96,III.3.142; धिग्देवदत्तमपि स्तुयाद् वृषलम्; धिग्जाल्मं देवदत्तमपि सिञ्चेत् पलाण्डुम्; अपि जायां त्यजसि जातु गणिका- माधत्से गर्हितमेतत् Sk. shame to &c. or fie upon, Deva- datta &c.

-13 It is also used with the Imperative mood to mark 'indifference on the part of the speaker', where he permits another to do as he likes, (अन्ववसर्ग or काम- चारानुज्ञा, the imperative being softened;) अपि स्तुहि Sk. you may praise (if you like); अपि स्तुह्यपि सेधा$स्मांस्तथ्यमुक्तं नराशन Bk.8.92.

-14 अपि is sometimes used as a particle of exclamation,

-15 Rarely in the sense of 'there- fore', 'hence' (अत एव).

-16 Used as a separable preposition with gen. it is said to express the sense of a word understood (पदार्थ), and is treated as a कर्म- प्रवचनीय P.I.4.96; the example usually given is सर्पि- षो$पि स्यात् where some word like बिन्दुरपि 'a drop,' 'a little' &c. has to be understood, 'there may perhaps be a drop of ghee', 'I presume there may be at least a drop' &c. अपि संभावनाप्रश्नशङ्कागर्हासमुच्चये । तथायुक्तपदार्थेषु कामचारक्रियासु च ॥ Viśva.; अपिः पदार्थसंभावनान्ववसर्गगर्हासमुच्चयेषु P.I.4.96. G. M. adds the sense of आशिस् 'blessing' (भद्रमपि), मृति 'death' (मरणमपि) and भूषा 'decoration' (अपि नह्यति हारं). cf. also...अपिः प्रश्नविरोधयोः । संभावनायां गर्हायां समुच्चयवितर्कयोः । Nm.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > अपि _api
13 si

I.

si¹ [si]

━━━━━━━━━

1. conjunction

2. adverb

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. if

• s'il fait beau demain, je sortirai if it's fine tomorrow, I'll go out

• si j'avais de l'argent, j'achèterais une voiture if I had any money, I would buy a car

• tu viendras ? si oui, préviens-moi à l'avance are you coming? if so, tell me in advance

• si seulement il venait/était venu if only he was coming/had come

• si c'est ça, je m'en vais (inf) if that's how it is, I'm off (inf)

• s'il a tant de succès c'est que... if he is so successful it's because...

   b. (interrogation indirecte) if, whether

• il ignore si elle viendra he doesn't know whether or if she'll come (or not)

• il se demande si elle viendra he is wondering whether or if she'll come (or not)

• tu imagines s'il était fier ! you can imagine how proud he was!

• si je veux y aller ? quelle question ! do I want to go? what a question!

• si j'avais su ! if only I had known!

• et s'il refusait ? and what if he refused?

   c. ( = que) c'est un miracle si la voiture n'a pas pris feu it's a miracle that the car didn't catch fire

• excusez-nous si nous n'avons pas pu venir we're sorry we couldn't come

   d. (opposition) while

• si ses intentions étaient louables, l'effet de son discours a été désastreux while his motives were excellent, the results of his speech were disastrous

   e. (locutions) et si tu lui téléphonais ? how about phoning him?

► si ce n'est...

• qui peut le savoir, si ce n'est lui ? if he doesn't know, who will?

• si ce n'est elle, qui aurait osé ? who but she would have dared?

• il n'avait rien emporté, si ce n'est quelques biscuits he had taken nothing with him apart from a few biscuits

• elle va bien, si ce n'est qu'elle est très fatiguée she's quite well apart from the fact that she is very tired► si tant est que

• ils sont sous-payés, si tant est qu'on les paie they are underpaid, if they are paid at all

2. <

   a. (affirmatif) vous ne venez pas ? -- si/mais si aren't you coming? -- yes I am/of course I am

• vous n'avez rien mangé ? -- si, une pomme haven't you had anything to eat? -- yes (I have), an apple

• si, si, il faut venir oh but you must come!

• il n'a pas voulu, moi si he didn't want to, but I did

• il n'a pas écrit ? -- il paraît que si hasn't he written? -- yes, it seems that he has

• je croyais qu'elle ne voulait pas venir, mais il m'a dit que si I thought she didn't want to come but he said she did

   b. ( = tellement) (modifiant un attribut, un adverbe) so ; (modifiant un épithète) such

• un ami si gentil such a kind friend

• des amis si gentils

• de si gentils amis such kind friends

• il parle si bas qu'on ne l'entend pas he speaks in such a low voice that you can't hear him

• il est stupide, non ? -- si peu ! (ironic) he's stupid, isn't he? -- and how! (inf)

► si bien que so that

• on est parti en retard, si bien qu'on a raté le train we left late so we missed the train

   c. (concessif) however

• si bête soit-il, il comprendra however stupid he is he will understand

• si peu que ce soit however little it may be

   d. ( = aussi) as

• elle n'est pas si timide que tu crois she's not as shy as you think

• ce n'est pas si simple it's not as simple as that

II.

si² [si]

invariable masculine noun

(Music) B ; (en chantant la gamme) ti

* * *

Note: si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house

Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house

I
1. si
nom masculin invariable if

des si et des mais — ifs and buts

2.

adverbe

1) ( marquant l'affirmation) yes

‘tu ne le veux pas?’ - ‘si!’ — ‘don't you want it?’ - ‘yes I do!’

mais si — yes, of course

2) ( marquant l'intensité) so

de si bon matin — so early in the morning

c'est un homme si agréable — he's such a pleasant man

je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville — I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty

si bien que — ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that

tant et si bien que — so much so that

3) ( pour marquer la comparaison)

rien n'est si beau qu'un coucher de soleil — there's nothing so beautiful as a sunset

est-elle si bête qu'on le dit? — is she as stupid as people say (she is)?

4) ( pour marquer la concession)

si peu que ce soit — however little it may be

3.

conjonction (s' before il or ils)

1) ( marquant l'éventualité) if

si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? — if it wasn't you, who was it?, if not you, who?

il n'a rien pris avec lui si ce n'est un livre — he didn't take anything with him apart from a book

à quoi servent ces réunions si ce n'est à nous faire perdre notre temps? — what purpose do these meetings serve other than to waste our time?

si tant est qu'une telle distinction ait un sens — if such a distinction makes any sense

c'est un brave homme s'il en est — he's a brave man if ever there was one

2) ( marquant l'hypothèse) if

si j'étais riche — if I were rich

si j'avais su! — if only I'd known!

vous pensez si j'étais content! — you can imagine how happy I was!

si j'ai envie de partir? ah ça oui! — leave? I certainly do want to leave!

je me demande s'il viendra — I wonder if ou whether he'll come

3) ( quand) if

enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé — when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading

4) ( introduit la suggestion)

si tu venais avec moi? — how about coming with me?

si tu venais passer le week-end avec nous? — why don't you come and spend the weekend with us?

et s'il décidait de ne pas venir? — and what if he decided not to come?

5) ( pour marquer l'opposition) whereas

si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés — whereas France is in favour [BrE] of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it

II si
nom masculin invariable ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti

* * *

abr nm

See:

syndicat d'initiative

* * *

I.

si nm inv ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti.

II.

si

❢ Si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house. Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house.

A nm inv if; des si et des mais ifs and buts.

B adv

1 ( marquant l'affirmation) yes; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘si!’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes I do!’; ‘ils n'ont pas encore vendu leur maison?’-‘il me semble que si’ ‘haven't they sold their house yet?’-‘yes, I think they have’; il n'ira pas, moi si he won't go, but I will; mais si yes, of course; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘mais si’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes, of course I do’; si fort littér yes indeed;

2 ( marquant l'intensité) so; ce n'est pas si simple it's not so simple; de si bon matin so early in the morning; de si bonne heure so early; c'est un homme si agréable he's such a pleasant man; vous habitez un si joli pays you live in such a lovely country; je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty; j'ai eu si peur que I was so afraid that; si bien que ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that; elle n'a pas écrit, si bien que je ne sais pas à quelle heure elle arrive she hasn't written, so I don't know what time she's arriving; elle s'agitait en tous sens si bien qu'elle a fini par tomber she was flapping about all over the place, so much so that she fell over; tant et si bien que so much so that;

3 ( pour marquer la comparaison) rien n'est si beau qu'un coucher de soleil there's nothing so beautiful as a sunset; est-elle si bête qu'on le dit? is she as stupid as people say (she is)?;

4 ( pour marquer la concession) si loin que vous alliez nous saurons bien vous retrouver however far away you go ou no matter how far away you go, we will be able to find you; si intelligent qu'il soit or soit-il, il ne peut pas tout savoir as intelligent as he is ou however intelligent he is, he can't know everything; si pénible que soit la situation however hard the situation may be; si peu que ce soit however little it may be.

C conj (s' before il or ils)

1 ( marquant l'éventualité) if; si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? if it wasn't you, who was it?; il n'a rien pris avec lui si ce n'est un livre et son parapluie he didn't take anything with him apart from ou other than a book and his umbrella; l'une des villes les plus belles, si ce n'est la plus belle one of the most beautiful cities, if not the most beautiful; personne n'a compris si ce n'est le meilleur de la classe nobody understood except the best pupil in the class; si ce n'était la peur d'être malade j'irais avec vous if it weren't for fear of getting ill I'd go with you; à quoi servent ces réunions si ce n'est à nous faire perdre notre temps? what purpose do these meetings serve other than to waste our time?; si c'est (comme) ça, je pars if that's how it is, I'm leaving; s'il vient demain et qu'il fait beau if he comes tomorrow and the weather's fine; lui seul peut trouver une solution, si solution il y a only he can find a solution, if there is one ou a solution; si oui if so; était-il à Paris? si oui avec qui? si non pourquoi? was he in Paris? if he was, who was he with? if he wasn't, why?; explique-moi tout si tant est que tu puisses le faire tell me everything, if you can do it that is; je ne sais pas s'il pourra nous prêter la somme avant dimanche, si tant est qu'il veuille bien nous la prêter I don't know if he will be able to lend us the money before Sunday, if he's willing to lend it to us at all (that is); si tant est qu'une telle distinction ait un sens if such a distinction makes any sense; c'est un brave homme s'il en est he's a brave man if ever there was one; c'était un homme cultivé s'il en fut he was an educated man if ever there was one;

2 ( marquant l'hypothèse dans l'avenir ou le présent) if; si j'étais riche if I were rich; si j'étais toi, si j'étais à ta place if I were you; s'il pleuvait je serais content I would be glad if it rained;

3 ( exprimant l'hypothèse dans le passé) if; si j'avais su qu'il était à Paris je l'aurais invité if I had known that he was in Paris I would have invited him; si j'avais eu l'argent if I had had the money;

4 ( quand) if; s'il pleurait elle le prenait tout de suite dans ses bras if he cried she would pick him up straightaway; enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading;

5 ( dans une phrase exclamative) if only; si vous pouviez venir! if only you could come!, I wish you would come!; si au moins vous m'aviez téléphoné! if only you had phoned me!; si encore or enfin or seulement or même if only; si j'avais su! if only I'd known!, had I known!; vous pensez si j'étais content! you can imagine how happy I was!; si j'ai envie de partir? ah ça oui! do I want to leave? but of course I do!; et si je le rencontrais dans la rue! just imagine if ou just suppose I meet him in the street!;

6 ( introduit la suggestion) si tu venais avec moi? how ou what about coming with me?, why don't you come with me?; si nous allions dîner au restaurant? how ou what about going out for dinner?; si tu venais passer le week-end avec nous? why don't you come and spend the weekend with us?; et s'il décidait de ne pas venir? and what if he decided not to come?; et si tu lui écrivais? why don't you write to him/her?;

7 ( pour marquer l'opposition) whereas; si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés whereas France is in favour^GB of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it;

8 ( introduit une interrogation indirecte) if, whether; je me demande s'il viendra I wonder if ou whether he'll come.

I

[si] adverbe

1. [tellement - avec un adjectif attribut, un adverbe, un nom] so ; [ - avec un adjectif épithète] such

il est si mignon! he's (ever) so sweet!

je la vois si peu I see so little of her, I see her so rarely

ça fait si mal! it hurts so much!

elle a de si beaux cheveux! she has such beautiful hair!

(en corrélation avec 'que')

si... que so... that

elle travaille si bien qu'on l'a augmentée she works so well that she got a rise

2. [exprimant la concession] however

si aimable soit-il... however nice he may be...

(en corrélation avec 'que')

si dur que ça puisse paraître, je ne céderai pas however hard it may seem ou hard as it may seem I won't give way

si vous le vexez si peu que ce soit, il fond en larmes if you upset him even the slightest bit, he bursts into tears

3. [dans une comparaison]

si... que as... as

il n'est pas si bête qu'il en a l'air he's not as stupid as he seems

4. [en réponse affirmative] yes

ce n'est pas fermé? — si isn't it closed? — yes (it is)

ça n'a pas d'importance — si, ça en a! it doesn't matter — it does ou yes it does!

tu n'aimes pas ça? — si, si! don't you like that? — oh yes I do!

je ne veux pas que tu me rembourses — si, si, voici ce que je te dois I don't want you to pay me back — no, I insist, here's what I owe you

je n'y arriverai jamais — mais si! I'll never manage — of course you will!

le spectacle n'est pas gratuit — il paraît que si the show isn't free — apparently it is

tu ne vas quand même pas lui dire? — oh que si! still, you're not going to tell him, are you? — oh yes I am!

————————

[si] conjonction (devant 'il' ou 'ils' s' [s])

1. [exprimant une condition] if

si tu veux, on y va we'll go if you want

si tu ne réfléchis pas par toi-même et si ou que tu crois tout ce qu'on te dit... if you don't think for yourself and you believe everything people tell you...

je ne lui dirai que si tu es d'accord I'll tell him only if you agree, I won't tell him unless you agree

si tu oses...! [ton menaçant] don't you dare!

avez-vous des enfants? si oui, remplissez le cadre ci-dessous do you have any children? if yes, fill in the box below

2. [exprimant une hypothèse] if

si tu venais de bonne heure, on pourrait finir avant midi if you came early we would be able to finish before midday

s'il m'arrivait quelque chose, prévenez John should anything happen to me ou if anything should happen to me, call John

ah toi, si je ne me retenais pas...! just count yourself lucky I'm restraining myself!

si j'avais su, je me serais méfié if I had known ou had I known, I would have been more cautious

3. [exprimant une éventualité] what if

et si tu te trompais? what if you were wrong?

4. [exprimant une suggestion] what about

et si on jouait aux cartes? what about playing cards?

5. [exprimant un souhait, un regret]

ah, si j'étais plus jeune! I wish ou if only I were younger!

6. [dans l'interrogation indirecte] if, whether

dites-moi si vous venez tell me if ou whether you're coming

7. [introduisant une complétive] if, that

ne sois pas surprise s'il a échoué don't be surprised that ou if he failed

8. [introduisant une explication] if

si quelqu'un a le droit de se plaindre, c'est bien moi! if anyone has reason to complain, it's me!

9. [exprimant la répétition] if, when

si je prends une initiative, elle la désapprouve whenever ou every time I take the initiative, she disapproves (of it)

10. [exprimant la concession, l'opposition]

comment faire des économies si je gagne le salaire minimum? how can I save if I'm only earning the minimum wage?

si son premier roman a été un succès, le second a été éreinté par la critique though her first novel was a success, the second was slated by the critics

11. [emploi exclamatif]

tu penses s'il était déçu/heureux! you can imagine how disappointed/happy he was!

tu as l'intention de continuer? — si j'ai l'intention de continuer? bien sûr! do you intend to go on? — of course I do ou I certainly do ou I do indeed!

si ce n'est pas mignon à cet âge-là! aren't they cute at that age!

si je m'attendais à te voir ici! well, I (certainly) didn't expect to meet you here ou fancy meeting you here!

————————

[si] nom masculin invariable

avec des si, on mettrait Paris en bouteille (proverbe) if ifs and buts were pots and pans, there'd be no trade for tinkers (proverbe)

————————

si bien que locution conjonctive

[de telle sorte que] so

il ne sait pas lire une carte, si bien qu'on s'est perdus he can't read a map, and so we got lost

si ce n'est locution prépositionnelle

1. [pour rectifier] if not

ça a duré une bonne heure, si ce n'est deux it lasted at least an hour, if not two

2. [excepté] apart from, except

tout vous convient? — oui, si ce n'est le prix is everything to your satisfaction? — yes, apart from ou except the price

si ce n'était sa timidité, c'est un garçon très agréable he's a nice young man, if a little shy

si ce n'est toi, c'est donc ton frère La Fontaine (allusion) if it's not you, then it must be your double ou your twin brother (humoristique)

si ce n'est que locution conjonctive

apart from the fact that, except (for the fact) that

il n'a pas de régime, si ce n'est qu'il ne doit pas fumer he has no special diet, except that he mustn't smoke

si tant est que locution conjonctive

provided that

on se retrouvera à 18 h, si tant est que l'avion arrive à l'heure we'll meet at 6 p.m. provided (that) ou if the plane arrives on time

II

[si] nom masculin invariable

MUSIQUE B

[chanté] si, ti

voir aussi link=fa fa

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > si

14 que

que [kə]

━━━━━━━━━

1. conjunction

2. adverb

3. relative pronoun

4. interrogative pronoun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► que becomes qu' before a vowel or silent h.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque que fait partie d'un locution comme afin que, dès que, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (complétive) that

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► that introduisant une subordonnée complétive est souvent sous-entendu en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• elle sait que tu es prêt she knows (that) you're ready

• tu crois qu'il réussira ? do you think he'll succeed?

• je pense que oui I think so

• je pense que non I don't think so

• mais il n'a pas de voiture ! -- il dit que si but he has no car! -- he says he has

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Avec un verbe de volonté, l'anglais emploie une proposition infinitive. Si le sujet de cette infinitive est un pronom, l'anglais utilise la forme objet du pronom.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• je veux que Raoul vienne I want Raoul to come

• j'aimerais qu'il vienne I would like him to come

• je ne veux pas qu'il vienne I don't want him to come

   b. (remplaçant une autre conjonction)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque que remplace une conjonction comme si, quand, comme, que, la conjonction est soit répétée soit omise en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• si vous êtes sages et qu'il fait beau, nous sortirons if you are good and (if) the weather is fine, we'll go out

• comme la maison est petite et qu'il n'y a pas de jardin... as the house is small and there's no garden...

   c. (hypothèse) whether

• il ira, qu'il le veuille ou non he'll go whether he wants to or not

• qu'il parte ou qu'il reste, ça m'est égal whether he leaves or stays, it's all the same to me

   d. (but) tenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas hold him so he doesn't fall

   e. (temps) elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir she had no sooner gone out than it started raining

• ils ne se connaissaient pas depuis 10 minutes qu'ils étaient déjà amis they had only known each other for 10 minutes and already they were friends

   f. (souhait) qu'il se taise ! I wish he would be quiet!

• eh bien, qu'il vienne ! all right, he can come!

• qu'il essaie seulement ! just let him try!

   g. (reprenant ce qui vient d'être dit) que tu crois ! (inf) that's what you think!

• que je l'aide ? tu plaisantes ! me, help him? you must be joking!

• « viens ici ! » qu'il me crie (inf) "come here!" he shouted

• « et pourquoi ? » que je lui fais (inf) "why's that?" I go to him (inf)

   h. (locutions)

► que... ne

• ils pourraient me supplier que je n'accepterais pas even if they begged me I wouldn't accept

• j'avais déjà fini de déjeuner qu'elle n'avait pas commencé I'd already finished my lunch and she hadn't even started► que oui ! yes indeed!

• il était fâché ? -- que oui ! was he angry? -- he certainly was!► que non ! certainly not!

• tu viens ? -- que non ! are you coming? -- no I am not!

2. <

• que tu es lent ! you're so slow!

• que de voitures ! there's so much traffic!

• que d'erreurs ! there are so many mistakes!

► qu'est-ce que (exclamatif)

qu'est-ce qu'il est bête ! he's such an idiot!

• qu'est-ce qu'il joue bien ! doesn't he play well!

3. <

   a. (antécédent personne)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• la fille qu'il a rencontrée là-bas the girl he met there

• les enfants que tu vois là-bas the children you see there

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner une personne en anglais, il y a trois possibilités: whom, qui est d'un registre soutenu, who qui n'est pas correct, mais très fréquemment utilisé, et that.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le philosophe qu'il admirait the philosopher whom he admired

• les ouvriers qu'ils vont licencier the workers that or who (inf) they're going to sack

   b. (antécédent animal ou chose)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• j'ai déjà les livres qu'il m'a offerts I've already got the books he gave me

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner un animal ou une chose en anglais, il y a deux possibilités: that et which, qui s'utilise surtout pour des choses.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le chaton qu'il a trouvé the kitten (that) he found

• la raison qu'il a donnée the reason (that or which) he gave

   c. (en incise)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la relative est en incise, on n'emploie jamais that, mais which pour une chose et who(m) pour une personne.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• un certain M. Leduc, que je ne connais pas, m'a appelé a certain Mr Leduc, who (inf) or whom I don't know, called me

• la lettre, que j'ai postée lundi, est arrivée vendredi the letter, which I posted on Monday, arrived on Friday

   d. (temps) when

• un jour que le soleil brillait one day when the sun was shining

   e. (autres) quel homme charmant que votre voisin ! what a charming man your neighbour is!

• tout distrait qu'il est, il s'en est aperçu absent-minded though he is, he still noticed it

• c'est un inconvénient que de ne pas avoir de voiture it's a disadvantage not to have a car

4. <

what

• que fais-tu ? what are you doing?

• qu'en sais-tu ? what do you know about it?

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans les cas où il y a un choix, on emploie which.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• que préfères-tu, de la compote ou un crème caramel ? which would you prefer, stewed fruit or crème caramel?

► qu'est-ce que (interrogatif) what

• qu'est-ce que tu fais ? what are you doing?

• qu'est-ce que tu préfères, le rouge ou le noir ? which do you prefer, the red one or the black one?► qu'est-ce qui what

• qu'est-ce qui l'a mis en colère ? what made him so angry?

* * *

1.

( qu' before vowel or mute h) kə conjonction

1) ( reprenant une autre conjonction)

comme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi — since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why

si vous venez et que vous ayez le temps — if you come and (if you) have the time

2)

je crains que tu (ne) fasses une bêtise — I'm worried (that) you might do something silly

qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte — we were already well aware that he's the best

approche, que je te regarde — come closer so I can look at you

que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non — whether you like it or not

il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police — no sooner had he left than she called the police

j'avais déjà lu dix pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé — I had already read ten pages while he hadn't even started

que tout le monde sorte! — everyone must leave!

qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais... — you must excuse me but...

que ceux qui n'ont pas compris le disent — let anyone who hasn't understood say so

qu'on le pende! — hang him!

qu'il crève! — (sl) let him rot! (colloq)

que je leur prête ma voiture! — you expect me to lend them my car!

que je sache — as far as I know

2.

pronom interrogatif what

que dire? — what can you ou one say?

que faire? — ( maintenant) what shall I/we do?; ( au passé) what could I/we do?

je ne sais pas ce qu'il a dit — I don't know what he said

qu'est-ce que c'est que ça? — what's that?

3.

pronom relatif

1) ( ayant un nom de personne pour antécédent)

Pierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier — Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday

c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue — she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen

2) ( ayant un nom de chose ou d'animal pour antécédent)

je n'aime pas la voiture que tu as achetée — I don't like the car (that) you've bought

3) ( employé comme attribut) that

la vieille dame qu'elle est devenue — the old lady she is today

4.

adverbe

que vous êtes jolie! — how pretty you are!

que c'est difficile! — how difficult it is!

que c'est joli! — it's so pretty!

ce que vous êtes jolie! — you're so pretty!

que de monde! — what a lot of people!

‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’ - ‘oh que si!’ — ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’ - ‘yes I have!’

‘tu en as besoin?’ - ‘que oui!’ — ‘do you need it’ - ‘I certainly do!’

••

que conjonction de subordination se traduit généralement par that: elle a dit qu'elle le ferait = she said that she would do it; il est important qu'ils se rendent compte que ce n'est pas simple it's important that they should realize that it's not simple

On notera que that est souvent omis: je pense qu'il devrait changer de métier = I think he should change jobs

Quand que suit un verbe exprimant un souhait, une volonté, l'anglais utilise un infinitif: je voudrais que tu ranges ta chambre = I'd like you to tidy your room; elle veut qu'il fasse un stage de formation = she wants him to do a training course

On trouvera ci-dessous quelques exemples supplémentaires mais on pourra toujours se reporter aux verbes, adjectifs et substantifs qui peuvent être suivis de que, comme montrer, comprendre, apparaître, certain, évident, idée etc. De même les locutions ainsi que, alors que, bien que sont traitées respectivement sous ainsi, alors, bien. Pour les emplois de que avec ne, plus, moins etc on se reportera à ne, plus, moins etc

que pronom relatif se traduit différemment selon qu'il a pour antécédent un nom de personne: l'homme que je vois = the man that I can see; = the man I can see; = the man who I can see; = the man whom I can see; les amis que j'ai invités = the friends that I've invited; = the friends I've invited; = the friends who I have invited; = the friends whom I have invited (dans les deux cas ci-dessus la traduction avec whom appartient au registre de la langue écrite); ou un nom de chose, concept, animal: le chien que je vois = the dog that I can see; = the dog I can see; = the dog which I can see; l'invitation que j'ai reçue = the invitation that I received; = the invitation I received; = the invitation which I received. Voir III ci-dessous

* * *
kə
1. conj

1) (introduisant complétive) that

Il sait que tu es là. — He knows you're here., He knows that you're here.

vouloir que — to want

Je veux que tu acceptes. — I want you to agree.

Je veux que tu viennes. — I want you to come.

Il a dit que oui. — He said he would.

2) (reprise d'autres conjonctions)

Quand il rentrera et qu'il aura mangé... — When he gets back and has eaten...

Si vous y allez ou que vous... — If you go there or if you...

3) (en tête de phrase) (hypothèse)

qu'il le veuille ou non — whether he likes it or not, (souhait)

qu'il fasse ce qu'il voudra! — let him do what he wants!

4) (but) (= de sorte que) so, so that

Tenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas. — Hold it so it doesn't fall., Hold it so that it doesn't fall.

5) (après comparatif) than

plus... que — more... than

C'est plus difficile que je ne le pensais. — It's more difficult than I thought.

Il est plus grand que moi. — He's bigger than me.

6) (équivalence) as

aussi... que — as... as

Elle est aussi jolie que sa sœur. — She's as pretty as her sister.

Le train est aussi cher que l'avion. — The train is as expensive as the plane.

See:

plus; aussi; autant

7) (restriction)

ne... que (= seulement) — only

Il ne boit que de l'eau. — He only drinks water.

Je ne l'ai vu qu'une fois. — I've only seen him once.

8) (avec locution adverbiale de temps)

à peine... que; Elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir. — She had just gone out when it started to rain., No sooner had she gone out than it started to rain.

il y a... que; ça fait... que; Il y a 4 ans qu'il est parti.; Ça fait 4 ans qu'il est parti. — It is 4 years since he left.

See:

fois

2. adv

(exclamation)

qu'il est...; Qu'il est bête!; Qu'est-ce qu'il est bête! — He's so silly!

Qu'il court vite!; Qu'est-ce qu'il court vite! — He runs so fast!

que de... — such a lot of..., so many...

Que de livres! — What a lot of books!

Quel bonheur et que de bons souvenirs! — Such happiness and so many wonderful memories!

3. pron

1) (relatif) (personne) that, whom

la dame que j'ai rencontrée hier — the lady I met yesterday, the lady that I met yesterday

l'homme que je vois — the man I can see, the man that I can see

2) (chose) that, which

Le gâteau qu'elle a fait est délicieux. — The cake she made is delicious., The cake that she made is delicious., The cake which she made is delicious.

le livre que tu vois — the book you see, the book that you see, the book which you see

3) (temps) (= où)

un jour que j'étais... — a day when I was...

4) (interrogatif) what

Que vas-tu lui dire? — What are you going to tell him?

Que fais-tu? — What are you doing?

Que préfères-tu? — What do you prefer?

Qu'est-ce que...? — What...?

Qu'est-ce que tu fais? — What are you doing?

Qu'est-ce que c'est? (en désignant qch) — What is it?, What's that?, (en entendant qch) What's that?

Que faire? — What can you do?

* * *

que ⇒ Note d'usage (qu' before vowel or mute h)

A conj

1 ( reprenant une autre conjonction) comme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why; si vous venez et que vous avez le temps if you come and (if you) have the time;

2 je crains que tu (ne) fasses une bêtise I'm worried (that) you might do something silly; le fait qu'il se soit enfui prouve sa culpabilité the fact that he has run away is proof of his guilt; qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte we were already well aware that he's the best; taisez- vous que j'entende ce qu'il dit stop talking so (that) I can hear what he's saying; approche, que je te regarde come closer so I can look at you; qu'il pleuve et toute la récolte est détruite if it rains the harvest will be ruined; que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non whether you like it or not; il voudrait faire échouer le projet qu'il ne s'y prendrait pas autrement if he wanted to ruin the project he couldn't have chosen a better way to do it; il l'aurait fait qu'il ne voudrait pas l'admettre even if he did do it he wouldn't admit it; il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police no sooner had he left than she called the police; vous dormiez encore que j'avais déjà fait une longue promenade you were still asleep, while I had already been for a long walk; j'avais déjà lu 10 pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé I had already read 10 pages while he hadn't even started; il ne se passe pas de jour qu'il ne pleuve not a day goes by without rain ou when it doesn't rain; que tout le monde sorte! everyone must leave!; qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais… you must excuse me but…; qu'il se taise! I wish he would be quiet!; que n'êtes vous-arrivés hier soir! fml if only you'd arrived last night!; que ceux qui n'ont pas compris le disent let anyone who hasn't understood say so; qu'on le pende! hang him!; qu'il crève◑! let him rot○!, he can rot○!; que j'aille le voir! you expect me to go and see him!; que je leur prête ma voiture! you expect me to lend them my car!; que je sache as far as I know;

3 ◑( à la place de l'inversion du sujet) et alors? que je lui ai dit so? I said to him; approche! qu'il m'a dit come closer! he says to me○.

B pron inter what; que fais-tu ? what are you doing?; que dire? what can you ou one say?; que faire? ( maintenant) what shall I do?, what am I to do?; ( au passé) what could I do?, what was I to do?; que veux-tu pour ton anniversaire? what do you want for your birthday?; qu'est-ce que tu en penses? what do you think?; je ne sais que dire I don't know what to say; je ne sais pas ce qu'il a dit I don't know what he said; que sont ces traces? what are those tracks?; qu'est-ce que c'est que ça? what's that?; qu'importe? what does it matter?

C pron rel

1 ( ayant un nom de personne pour antécédent) Pierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday; c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen;

2 ( ayant un nom de chose ou d'animal pour antécédent) je n'aime pas la voiture que tu as achetée I don't like the car (that) you've bought; le livre qu'il a écrit juste après la guerre the book that he wrote just after the war; les photos que vous regardez ont été prises à Rome the photographs that ou which you are looking at were taken in Rome; c'est la plus belle fleur que j'aie jamais vue it's the most beautiful flower (that) I've ever seen;

3 ( employé comme attribut) that; la vieille dame qu'elle est devenue the old lady that she has become; énervé qu'il était il n'a pu terminer son discours he was so worked up that he couldn't finish his speech; de petite fille sage qu'elle était elle est devenue une petite peste she's changed from the good little girl that she was into a real pest; bête que je suis fool that I am; stupide que tu es! you silly thing!

D adv que vous êtes jolie! how pretty you are!; que c'est difficile/ennuyeux how difficult/boring it is; que c'est joli it's so pretty; ce que vous êtes jolie! you're so pretty!; que de monde/d'eau what a lot of people/water; qu'avait-il besoin de faire? why did he have to do?; que ne le disais-tu plus tôt? fml why didn't you say so earlier?; ‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’-‘oh que si!’ ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’-‘oh yes I have!’; que non! definitely not!; ‘tu en as besoin?’-‘que oui!’ ‘do you need it’-‘indeed I do!’; c'était une époque turbulente que le XVI^e siècle what a turbulent period the 16th century was.

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) adverbe

1. [combien]

que tu es naïf! you're so naive!, aren't you naive!

que de bruit ici! it's so noisy here!, what a lot of noise there is in here!

que de choses à faire dans une maison! there are so many things to do in a house!

qu'il a un grand nez! he's got such a big nose!

qu'est-ce que tu es bête! (familier) you're (ever) so stupid!

qu'est-ce qu'il m'a déçu! (familier) he really disappointed me!

2. [exprimant l'indignation]

que m'importent ses états d'âme! what do I care about what he feels!

(soutenu) [pourquoi] why

que ne l'as-tu (pas) dit plus tôt! why didn't you say so earlier?, I wish you had said so ou that earlier!

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) pronom relatif

1. [représente une personne] whom (soutenu), who, that

la fille qu'il a épousée the girl (whom) he married

sa sœur, que je n'avais pas vue depuis 10 ans, était là aussi her sister, whom ou who I hadn't seen for 10 years, was there too

la femme qu'elle était devenue the woman (that) she'd become

2. [représente un animal] which, that

3. [représente une chose, une idée] which, that

le contrat que j'ai signé the contract (which) ou that I signed

je ne suis pas la seule, que je sache I'm not the only one as far as I know

4. [pour souligner une caractéristique]

malheureux que vous êtes! you unfortunate man!

fatiguée qu'elle était, elle continuait à l'aider tired though ou as she was, she carried on helping him

de timide qu'il était, il est devenu expansif once a shy man, he's now an extrovert

toute jaune qu'elle était, l'eau! (familier) the water was all yellow, really it was!

en bon père/électricien qu'il était being the good father/electrician he was

bel exploit que le sien! what he's done is quite a feat!

une chance, que cette panne! very lucky, this breakdown!

5. [dans des expressions de temps, de durée]

ça fait deux heures que j'attends I've been waiting for two hours

un soir qu'il faisait très chaud one very hot evening, one evening when the weather was very hot

le temps que tu te prépares, il sera trop tard by the time you're ready it'll be too late

il n'y a pas longtemps qu'elle l'a vendu it wasn't long ago that she sold it

il y a bien longtemps que je le sais I've known for a long time

chaque fois que je m'absente, il téléphone every time I'm out he phones

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) pronom interrogatif

1. [dans le discours direct] what

qu'y a-t-il? what's the matter?

que devient-elle? what's become of her?

qu'est-ce que je vois/j'entends? [ton menaçant ou hum] what is this I see/hear?

qu'est-ce qui t'arrive? what's the matter with you?

qu'est-ce que la liberté? what is freedom?

2. [dans le discours indirect] what

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) conjonction

1. [après des verbes déclaratifs ou des verbes d'évaluation] that

je sais que je peux le faire I know (that) I can do it

il est possible que je revienne I may come back

exigez qu'on vous indemnise demand compensation ou to be compensated

elle murmura qu'elle devait s'en aller she whispered that she had to go

[en début de proposition]

que leur fils ait fugué, cela ne devrait pas nous surprendre the fact that their son ran away shouldn't come as a surprise to us

que tu pleures ne changera rien your ou you crying won't change anything

2. (à valeur circonstancielle) [et déjà] than

il n'a pas fini de lire un roman qu'il en commence un autre no sooner has he finished one novel than he starts reading another

[afin que] so that

approche-toi, que je te voie mieux come closer so that I can see you better

[à tel point que]

elle tousse que ça réveille tout le monde (familier) she coughs so much (that) she wakes everybody up

il est têtu que ça en devient un vrai problème (familier) he's so ou that stubborn (that) it's a real problem

[dialecte: parce que]

ne viens pas, que si je te vois je te tue! don't come, 'cos if I see you I'll kill you!

3. (suivi du subjonctif) [pour formuler un ordre, un souhait, une éventualité]

qu'elle parle!

a. [faites-la parler] make her talk!

b. [laissez-la parler] let her speak!

que l'on apporte à boire! bring some drinks!

eh bien, qu'il s'en aille s'il n'est pas content! he can leave if he doesn't like it!

que Dieu nous pardonne may God forgive us

qu'il m'attaque et je dis tout just let him (try and) attack me, and I'll reveal everything

4. (soutenu) [dans une double hypothèse]

il me l'interdirait que je le ferais quand même I would do it even if he forbade me to

5. [répète la conjonction précédente]

quand je serai grande et que j'aurai un métier when I'm grown up and (I) have a job

6. [formule de présentation et d'insistance]

je croyais l'affaire faite et voilà qu'elle n'est pas d'accord I thought the deal was clinched and now I find she disagrees

si je n'ai rien dit, c'est que je craignais de te vexer if I said nothing, it was because I was afraid of upsetting you

que oui! oh yes indeed!

que non! certainly not!

tu n'iras pas — que si! you won't go — oh yes I will ou I will too!

que tu crois/dis! (familier) that's what YOU think/say!

7. [dans une formule interrogative]

est-ce que tu viendras? will you come?

comment qu'il a fait? (familier) how did he manage?

————————

que... ne locution conjonctive

without

aucune décision n'est prise que je ne sois préalablement consulté no decision is made without my being consulted first

————————

que... ou non locution conjonctive

whether... or not

que tu me croies ou non whether you believe me or not

————————

que... (ou) que locution conjonctive

whether... or

qu'il fasse beau, qu'il pleuve, je sors me promener come rain or come shine, I go out for a walk

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > que

15 SI

I.

si¹ [si]

━━━━━━━━━

1. conjunction

2. adverb

━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. if

• s'il fait beau demain, je sortirai if it's fine tomorrow, I'll go out

• si j'avais de l'argent, j'achèterais une voiture if I had any money, I would buy a car

• tu viendras ? si oui, préviens-moi à l'avance are you coming? if so, tell me in advance

• si seulement il venait/était venu if only he was coming/had come

• si c'est ça, je m'en vais (inf) if that's how it is, I'm off (inf)

• s'il a tant de succès c'est que... if he is so successful it's because...

   b. (interrogation indirecte) if, whether

• il ignore si elle viendra he doesn't know whether or if she'll come (or not)

• il se demande si elle viendra he is wondering whether or if she'll come (or not)

• tu imagines s'il était fier ! you can imagine how proud he was!

• si je veux y aller ? quelle question ! do I want to go? what a question!

• si j'avais su ! if only I had known!

• et s'il refusait ? and what if he refused?

   c. ( = que) c'est un miracle si la voiture n'a pas pris feu it's a miracle that the car didn't catch fire

• excusez-nous si nous n'avons pas pu venir we're sorry we couldn't come

   d. (opposition) while

• si ses intentions étaient louables, l'effet de son discours a été désastreux while his motives were excellent, the results of his speech were disastrous

   e. (locutions) et si tu lui téléphonais ? how about phoning him?

► si ce n'est...

• qui peut le savoir, si ce n'est lui ? if he doesn't know, who will?

• si ce n'est elle, qui aurait osé ? who but she would have dared?

• il n'avait rien emporté, si ce n'est quelques biscuits he had taken nothing with him apart from a few biscuits

• elle va bien, si ce n'est qu'elle est très fatiguée she's quite well apart from the fact that she is very tired► si tant est que

• ils sont sous-payés, si tant est qu'on les paie they are underpaid, if they are paid at all

2. <

   a. (affirmatif) vous ne venez pas ? -- si/mais si aren't you coming? -- yes I am/of course I am

• vous n'avez rien mangé ? -- si, une pomme haven't you had anything to eat? -- yes (I have), an apple

• si, si, il faut venir oh but you must come!

• il n'a pas voulu, moi si he didn't want to, but I did

• il n'a pas écrit ? -- il paraît que si hasn't he written? -- yes, it seems that he has

• je croyais qu'elle ne voulait pas venir, mais il m'a dit que si I thought she didn't want to come but he said she did

   b. ( = tellement) (modifiant un attribut, un adverbe) so ; (modifiant un épithète) such

• un ami si gentil such a kind friend

• des amis si gentils

• de si gentils amis such kind friends

• il parle si bas qu'on ne l'entend pas he speaks in such a low voice that you can't hear him

• il est stupide, non ? -- si peu ! (ironic) he's stupid, isn't he? -- and how! (inf)

► si bien que so that

• on est parti en retard, si bien qu'on a raté le train we left late so we missed the train

   c. (concessif) however

• si bête soit-il, il comprendra however stupid he is he will understand

• si peu que ce soit however little it may be

   d. ( = aussi) as

• elle n'est pas si timide que tu crois she's not as shy as you think

• ce n'est pas si simple it's not as simple as that

II.

si² [si]

invariable masculine noun

(Music) B ; (en chantant la gamme) ti

* * *

Note: si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house

Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house

I
1. si
nom masculin invariable if

des si et des mais — ifs and buts

2.

adverbe

1) ( marquant l'affirmation) yes

‘tu ne le veux pas?’ - ‘si!’ — ‘don't you want it?’ - ‘yes I do!’

mais si — yes, of course

2) ( marquant l'intensité) so

de si bon matin — so early in the morning

c'est un homme si agréable — he's such a pleasant man

je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville — I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty

si bien que — ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that

tant et si bien que — so much so that

3) ( pour marquer la comparaison)

rien n'est si beau qu'un coucher de soleil — there's nothing so beautiful as a sunset

est-elle si bête qu'on le dit? — is she as stupid as people say (she is)?

4) ( pour marquer la concession)

si peu que ce soit — however little it may be

3.

conjonction (s' before il or ils)

1) ( marquant l'éventualité) if

si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? — if it wasn't you, who was it?, if not you, who?

il n'a rien pris avec lui si ce n'est un livre — he didn't take anything with him apart from a book

à quoi servent ces réunions si ce n'est à nous faire perdre notre temps? — what purpose do these meetings serve other than to waste our time?

si tant est qu'une telle distinction ait un sens — if such a distinction makes any sense

c'est un brave homme s'il en est — he's a brave man if ever there was one

2) ( marquant l'hypothèse) if

si j'étais riche — if I were rich

si j'avais su! — if only I'd known!

vous pensez si j'étais content! — you can imagine how happy I was!

si j'ai envie de partir? ah ça oui! — leave? I certainly do want to leave!

je me demande s'il viendra — I wonder if ou whether he'll come

3) ( quand) if

enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé — when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading

4) ( introduit la suggestion)

si tu venais avec moi? — how about coming with me?

si tu venais passer le week-end avec nous? — why don't you come and spend the weekend with us?

et s'il décidait de ne pas venir? — and what if he decided not to come?

5) ( pour marquer l'opposition) whereas

si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés — whereas France is in favour [BrE] of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it

II si
nom masculin invariable ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti

* * *

abr nm

See:

syndicat d'initiative

* * *

I.

si nm inv ( note) B; ( en solfiant) ti.

II.

si

❢ Si adverbe de degré modifiant un adjectif a deux traductions en anglais selon que l'adjectif modifié est attribut: la maison est si jolie = the house is so pretty, ou épithète: une si jolie maison = such a pretty house. Dans le cas de l'épithète il existe une deuxième possibilité, assez rare et littéraire, citée pour information: = so pretty a house.

A nm inv if; des si et des mais ifs and buts.

B adv

1 ( marquant l'affirmation) yes; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘si!’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes I do!’; ‘ils n'ont pas encore vendu leur maison?’-‘il me semble que si’ ‘haven't they sold their house yet?’-‘yes, I think they have’; il n'ira pas, moi si he won't go, but I will; mais si yes, of course; ‘tu ne le veux pas?’-‘mais si’ ‘don't you want it?’-‘yes, of course I do’; si fort littér yes indeed;

2 ( marquant l'intensité) so; ce n'est pas si simple it's not so simple; de si bon matin so early in the morning; de si bonne heure so early; c'est un homme si agréable he's such a pleasant man; vous habitez un si joli pays you live in such a lovely country; je suis heureux de visiter votre si jolie ville I'm glad to visit your town, it's so pretty; j'ai eu si peur que I was so afraid that; si bien que ( par conséquent) so; ( à tel point que) so much so that; elle n'a pas écrit, si bien que je ne sais pas à quelle heure elle arrive she hasn't written, so I don't know what time she's arriving; elle s'agitait en tous sens si bien qu'elle a fini par tomber she was flapping about all over the place, so much so that she fell over; tant et si bien que so much so that;

3 ( pour marquer la comparaison) rien n'est si beau qu'un coucher de soleil there's nothing so beautiful as a sunset; est-elle si bête qu'on le dit? is she as stupid as people say (she is)?;

4 ( pour marquer la concession) si loin que vous alliez nous saurons bien vous retrouver however far away you go ou no matter how far away you go, we will be able to find you; si intelligent qu'il soit or soit-il, il ne peut pas tout savoir as intelligent as he is ou however intelligent he is, he can't know everything; si pénible que soit la situation however hard the situation may be; si peu que ce soit however little it may be.

C conj (s' before il or ils)

1 ( marquant l'éventualité) if; si ce n'est (pas) toi, qui est-ce? if it wasn't you, who was it?; il n'a rien pris avec lui si ce n'est un livre et son parapluie he didn't take anything with him apart from ou other than a book and his umbrella; l'une des villes les plus belles, si ce n'est la plus belle one of the most beautiful cities, if not the most beautiful; personne n'a compris si ce n'est le meilleur de la classe nobody understood except the best pupil in the class; si ce n'était la peur d'être malade j'irais avec vous if it weren't for fear of getting ill I'd go with you; à quoi servent ces réunions si ce n'est à nous faire perdre notre temps? what purpose do these meetings serve other than to waste our time?; si c'est (comme) ça, je pars if that's how it is, I'm leaving; s'il vient demain et qu'il fait beau if he comes tomorrow and the weather's fine; lui seul peut trouver une solution, si solution il y a only he can find a solution, if there is one ou a solution; si oui if so; était-il à Paris? si oui avec qui? si non pourquoi? was he in Paris? if he was, who was he with? if he wasn't, why?; explique-moi tout si tant est que tu puisses le faire tell me everything, if you can do it that is; je ne sais pas s'il pourra nous prêter la somme avant dimanche, si tant est qu'il veuille bien nous la prêter I don't know if he will be able to lend us the money before Sunday, if he's willing to lend it to us at all (that is); si tant est qu'une telle distinction ait un sens if such a distinction makes any sense; c'est un brave homme s'il en est he's a brave man if ever there was one; c'était un homme cultivé s'il en fut he was an educated man if ever there was one;

2 ( marquant l'hypothèse dans l'avenir ou le présent) if; si j'étais riche if I were rich; si j'étais toi, si j'étais à ta place if I were you; s'il pleuvait je serais content I would be glad if it rained;

3 ( exprimant l'hypothèse dans le passé) if; si j'avais su qu'il était à Paris je l'aurais invité if I had known that he was in Paris I would have invited him; si j'avais eu l'argent if I had had the money;

4 ( quand) if; s'il pleurait elle le prenait tout de suite dans ses bras if he cried she would pick him up straightaway; enfant, si je lisais, je n'aimais pas être dérangé when I was a child I used to hate being disturbed if ou when I was reading;

5 ( dans une phrase exclamative) if only; si vous pouviez venir! if only you could come!, I wish you would come!; si au moins vous m'aviez téléphoné! if only you had phoned me!; si encore or enfin or seulement or même if only; si j'avais su! if only I'd known!, had I known!; vous pensez si j'étais content! you can imagine how happy I was!; si j'ai envie de partir? ah ça oui! do I want to leave? but of course I do!; et si je le rencontrais dans la rue! just imagine if ou just suppose I meet him in the street!;

6 ( introduit la suggestion) si tu venais avec moi? how ou what about coming with me?, why don't you come with me?; si nous allions dîner au restaurant? how ou what about going out for dinner?; si tu venais passer le week-end avec nous? why don't you come and spend the weekend with us?; et s'il décidait de ne pas venir? and what if he decided not to come?; et si tu lui écrivais? why don't you write to him/her?;

7 ( pour marquer l'opposition) whereas; si la France est favorable au projet, les autres pays y sont violemment opposés whereas France is in favour^GB of the project, the other countries are violently opposed to it;

8 ( introduit une interrogation indirecte) if, whether; je me demande s'il viendra I wonder if ou whether he'll come.

1. → link=syndicatsyndicat d'initiative

2. (abréviation de Système International) SI

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > SI

16 עירוב

עֵירוּב, עֵר׳m. (עָרַב I) 1) interweaving, mixture, conjunction. Kinn. I, 4 שתי נשים שלקחו … בע׳ two women that bought their birds for sacrifices in common (not designating which of them belonged to the one and which to the other). Mikv. VI, 7 ע׳ מקואות in the case of two bathing reservoirs joined (a connection having formed between them); Ḥag.21b; Yeb.15a. Y.Pes.III, beg.29d על עֵירוּבוֹ for eating leavened matter in a mixture, opp. חמץ ברור; Bab. ib. 43a; a. e.Pl. עֶירוּבִין, עֵר׳. Y.Orl.II, 61d bot. Y.Bicc.II, 65a top אין הביכורין … עֵירוּבֵיהֶןוכ׳ first-fruits have no prohibitive effect on mixtures or on what has grown of them as to eating them in Jerusalem. Ib. עֵירוּבֵי בכורים mixtures of first-fruits with common ones; ע׳ מעשר mixtures of tithes with secular fruit. עירוב פרשיות an interweaving of biblical sections, clauses of one section taken over, for interpretative purposes, to a succeeding section; misplacement. B. Kam. 107a (ref. to the clause אשר יאמר … שניהם, Ex. 22:8) ע׳ פ׳ כתוב כאןוכ׳ here is a misplacement, and the words Ki hu zeh (which intimate that an oath can be administered only when the defendant admits a part of the claim) refer to the subject of loans (Ex. l. c. 24 sq.). Snh.2b אי קסבר ע׳ פ׳ … ליבעי נמי מומחין if he adopts the opinion that here is a misplaced clause (and ki hu zeh refers to loans), let him also require authorized, learned judges (אלהים)! 2) ‘Erub, a symbolical act by which the legal fiction of community or continuity is established, e. g. a) with ref. to Sabbath limits (תחומין): a person deposits, before the Sabbath (or the Holy Day), certain eatables to remain in their place over the next day, by which act he transfers his abode to that place, and his movements on the Sabbath are measured from it as the centre; b) with ref. to buildings with a common court (חצירות): the inmates contribute their share towards a dish which is deposited in one of the dwellings, by which act all the dwellings are considered as common to all (one רָשוּת), and the carrying of objects on the Sabbath from one to the other and across the court is permitted; c) with ref. to preparing meals (תבשילין) for the Sabbath on a Holy Day occurring on a Friday: a person prepares a dish on Thursday and lets it lie over until the end of the Sabbath, by which fiction all the cooking for the Sabbath which he does on the Holy Day (Friday) is merely a continuation of the preparation begun on Thursday. Erub.III, 2 השולח עֵרוּבוֹ … ביד מי שאינו מודה בע׳ if a person sends his ‘Erub (the eatables to be deposited) through a deaf mute or through one who does not believe in the Erub (e. g. a Samaritan), אינו ע׳ it is not a legal ‘Erub. Ib. 3 אין ערובו ע׳ his Erub is not legal. Ib. 5 מתנה אדם על ערובו … עֵרוּבִיוכ׳ a person may make his Sabbath centre conditional (by laying two ‘Erubs on two opposite points) and say, if gentile troops should invade from the east, my Sabbath centre shall be on the western side Ib. VI, 10 נתנו עֵרוּבָן במקוםוכ׳ if the inmates of a court placed their ‘Erub (common dish) at a certain place, but one, of the inner or of the outer court, had forgotten to contribute his share. Ib. VII, 9 בתחלת ע׳ when the common dish is in its original state; בשירי ע׳ when there are merely remnants left over. Bets.15b מי שהיה לו להניח ערובווכ׳ he who had the means to prepare and leave a dish on Thursday and does not do it; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Erub.21b בשעה שהתקין שלמה ע׳ when Solomon introduced the ‘Erub. Ib. VII, 11 עֵרוּבֵי תחומין ‘Erubs for the purpose of regulating Sabbath limits; ע׳ חצירות for the purpose of regulating the Sabbath movements of inmates of common courts. Yoma 28b קיים …אפי׳ עירובי תבשילין Abraham observed even the regulations concerning preparations for the Sabbath on a Holy Day preceding it. Bets. l. c. מי שלא היה לו להניח ע׳ תבשילין he who had not the means to prepare a dish on Thursday (v. supra). Gen. R. s. 49 אפי׳ הילכות עירובי חצירותוכ׳ Abraham knew even the laws regulating Sabbath movements among inmates of a court by means of ‘Erub; a. fr.‘Erubin, name of a treatise, of the Order of Moʿed, of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi.

Jewish literature > עירוב

17 ער׳

עֵירוּב, עֵר׳m. (עָרַב I) 1) interweaving, mixture, conjunction. Kinn. I, 4 שתי נשים שלקחו … בע׳ two women that bought their birds for sacrifices in common (not designating which of them belonged to the one and which to the other). Mikv. VI, 7 ע׳ מקואות in the case of two bathing reservoirs joined (a connection having formed between them); Ḥag.21b; Yeb.15a. Y.Pes.III, beg.29d על עֵירוּבוֹ for eating leavened matter in a mixture, opp. חמץ ברור; Bab. ib. 43a; a. e.Pl. עֶירוּבִין, עֵר׳. Y.Orl.II, 61d bot. Y.Bicc.II, 65a top אין הביכורין … עֵירוּבֵיהֶןוכ׳ first-fruits have no prohibitive effect on mixtures or on what has grown of them as to eating them in Jerusalem. Ib. עֵירוּבֵי בכורים mixtures of first-fruits with common ones; ע׳ מעשר mixtures of tithes with secular fruit. עירוב פרשיות an interweaving of biblical sections, clauses of one section taken over, for interpretative purposes, to a succeeding section; misplacement. B. Kam. 107a (ref. to the clause אשר יאמר … שניהם, Ex. 22:8) ע׳ פ׳ כתוב כאןוכ׳ here is a misplacement, and the words Ki hu zeh (which intimate that an oath can be administered only when the defendant admits a part of the claim) refer to the subject of loans (Ex. l. c. 24 sq.). Snh.2b אי קסבר ע׳ פ׳ … ליבעי נמי מומחין if he adopts the opinion that here is a misplaced clause (and ki hu zeh refers to loans), let him also require authorized, learned judges (אלהים)! 2) ‘Erub, a symbolical act by which the legal fiction of community or continuity is established, e. g. a) with ref. to Sabbath limits (תחומין): a person deposits, before the Sabbath (or the Holy Day), certain eatables to remain in their place over the next day, by which act he transfers his abode to that place, and his movements on the Sabbath are measured from it as the centre; b) with ref. to buildings with a common court (חצירות): the inmates contribute their share towards a dish which is deposited in one of the dwellings, by which act all the dwellings are considered as common to all (one רָשוּת), and the carrying of objects on the Sabbath from one to the other and across the court is permitted; c) with ref. to preparing meals (תבשילין) for the Sabbath on a Holy Day occurring on a Friday: a person prepares a dish on Thursday and lets it lie over until the end of the Sabbath, by which fiction all the cooking for the Sabbath which he does on the Holy Day (Friday) is merely a continuation of the preparation begun on Thursday. Erub.III, 2 השולח עֵרוּבוֹ … ביד מי שאינו מודה בע׳ if a person sends his ‘Erub (the eatables to be deposited) through a deaf mute or through one who does not believe in the Erub (e. g. a Samaritan), אינו ע׳ it is not a legal ‘Erub. Ib. 3 אין ערובו ע׳ his Erub is not legal. Ib. 5 מתנה אדם על ערובו … עֵרוּבִיוכ׳ a person may make his Sabbath centre conditional (by laying two ‘Erubs on two opposite points) and say, if gentile troops should invade from the east, my Sabbath centre shall be on the western side Ib. VI, 10 נתנו עֵרוּבָן במקוםוכ׳ if the inmates of a court placed their ‘Erub (common dish) at a certain place, but one, of the inner or of the outer court, had forgotten to contribute his share. Ib. VII, 9 בתחלת ע׳ when the common dish is in its original state; בשירי ע׳ when there are merely remnants left over. Bets.15b מי שהיה לו להניח ערובווכ׳ he who had the means to prepare and leave a dish on Thursday and does not do it; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Erub.21b בשעה שהתקין שלמה ע׳ when Solomon introduced the ‘Erub. Ib. VII, 11 עֵרוּבֵי תחומין ‘Erubs for the purpose of regulating Sabbath limits; ע׳ חצירות for the purpose of regulating the Sabbath movements of inmates of common courts. Yoma 28b קיים …אפי׳ עירובי תבשילין Abraham observed even the regulations concerning preparations for the Sabbath on a Holy Day preceding it. Bets. l. c. מי שלא היה לו להניח ע׳ תבשילין he who had not the means to prepare a dish on Thursday (v. supra). Gen. R. s. 49 אפי׳ הילכות עירובי חצירותוכ׳ Abraham knew even the laws regulating Sabbath movements among inmates of a court by means of ‘Erub; a. fr.‘Erubin, name of a treatise, of the Order of Moʿed, of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi.

Jewish literature > ער׳

18 עֵירוּב

עֵירוּב, עֵר׳m. (עָרַב I) 1) interweaving, mixture, conjunction. Kinn. I, 4 שתי נשים שלקחו … בע׳ two women that bought their birds for sacrifices in common (not designating which of them belonged to the one and which to the other). Mikv. VI, 7 ע׳ מקואות in the case of two bathing reservoirs joined (a connection having formed between them); Ḥag.21b; Yeb.15a. Y.Pes.III, beg.29d על עֵירוּבוֹ for eating leavened matter in a mixture, opp. חמץ ברור; Bab. ib. 43a; a. e.Pl. עֶירוּבִין, עֵר׳. Y.Orl.II, 61d bot. Y.Bicc.II, 65a top אין הביכורין … עֵירוּבֵיהֶןוכ׳ first-fruits have no prohibitive effect on mixtures or on what has grown of them as to eating them in Jerusalem. Ib. עֵירוּבֵי בכורים mixtures of first-fruits with common ones; ע׳ מעשר mixtures of tithes with secular fruit. עירוב פרשיות an interweaving of biblical sections, clauses of one section taken over, for interpretative purposes, to a succeeding section; misplacement. B. Kam. 107a (ref. to the clause אשר יאמר … שניהם, Ex. 22:8) ע׳ פ׳ כתוב כאןוכ׳ here is a misplacement, and the words Ki hu zeh (which intimate that an oath can be administered only when the defendant admits a part of the claim) refer to the subject of loans (Ex. l. c. 24 sq.). Snh.2b אי קסבר ע׳ פ׳ … ליבעי נמי מומחין if he adopts the opinion that here is a misplaced clause (and ki hu zeh refers to loans), let him also require authorized, learned judges (אלהים)! 2) ‘Erub, a symbolical act by which the legal fiction of community or continuity is established, e. g. a) with ref. to Sabbath limits (תחומין): a person deposits, before the Sabbath (or the Holy Day), certain eatables to remain in their place over the next day, by which act he transfers his abode to that place, and his movements on the Sabbath are measured from it as the centre; b) with ref. to buildings with a common court (חצירות): the inmates contribute their share towards a dish which is deposited in one of the dwellings, by which act all the dwellings are considered as common to all (one רָשוּת), and the carrying of objects on the Sabbath from one to the other and across the court is permitted; c) with ref. to preparing meals (תבשילין) for the Sabbath on a Holy Day occurring on a Friday: a person prepares a dish on Thursday and lets it lie over until the end of the Sabbath, by which fiction all the cooking for the Sabbath which he does on the Holy Day (Friday) is merely a continuation of the preparation begun on Thursday. Erub.III, 2 השולח עֵרוּבוֹ … ביד מי שאינו מודה בע׳ if a person sends his ‘Erub (the eatables to be deposited) through a deaf mute or through one who does not believe in the Erub (e. g. a Samaritan), אינו ע׳ it is not a legal ‘Erub. Ib. 3 אין ערובו ע׳ his Erub is not legal. Ib. 5 מתנה אדם על ערובו … עֵרוּבִיוכ׳ a person may make his Sabbath centre conditional (by laying two ‘Erubs on two opposite points) and say, if gentile troops should invade from the east, my Sabbath centre shall be on the western side Ib. VI, 10 נתנו עֵרוּבָן במקוםוכ׳ if the inmates of a court placed their ‘Erub (common dish) at a certain place, but one, of the inner or of the outer court, had forgotten to contribute his share. Ib. VII, 9 בתחלת ע׳ when the common dish is in its original state; בשירי ע׳ when there are merely remnants left over. Bets.15b מי שהיה לו להניח ערובווכ׳ he who had the means to prepare and leave a dish on Thursday and does not do it; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Erub.21b בשעה שהתקין שלמה ע׳ when Solomon introduced the ‘Erub. Ib. VII, 11 עֵרוּבֵי תחומין ‘Erubs for the purpose of regulating Sabbath limits; ע׳ חצירות for the purpose of regulating the Sabbath movements of inmates of common courts. Yoma 28b קיים …אפי׳ עירובי תבשילין Abraham observed even the regulations concerning preparations for the Sabbath on a Holy Day preceding it. Bets. l. c. מי שלא היה לו להניח ע׳ תבשילין he who had not the means to prepare a dish on Thursday (v. supra). Gen. R. s. 49 אפי׳ הילכות עירובי חצירותוכ׳ Abraham knew even the laws regulating Sabbath movements among inmates of a court by means of ‘Erub; a. fr.‘Erubin, name of a treatise, of the Order of Moʿed, of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi.

Jewish literature > עֵירוּב

19 עֵר׳

עֵירוּב, עֵר׳m. (עָרַב I) 1) interweaving, mixture, conjunction. Kinn. I, 4 שתי נשים שלקחו … בע׳ two women that bought their birds for sacrifices in common (not designating which of them belonged to the one and which to the other). Mikv. VI, 7 ע׳ מקואות in the case of two bathing reservoirs joined (a connection having formed between them); Ḥag.21b; Yeb.15a. Y.Pes.III, beg.29d על עֵירוּבוֹ for eating leavened matter in a mixture, opp. חמץ ברור; Bab. ib. 43a; a. e.Pl. עֶירוּבִין, עֵר׳. Y.Orl.II, 61d bot. Y.Bicc.II, 65a top אין הביכורין … עֵירוּבֵיהֶןוכ׳ first-fruits have no prohibitive effect on mixtures or on what has grown of them as to eating them in Jerusalem. Ib. עֵירוּבֵי בכורים mixtures of first-fruits with common ones; ע׳ מעשר mixtures of tithes with secular fruit. עירוב פרשיות an interweaving of biblical sections, clauses of one section taken over, for interpretative purposes, to a succeeding section; misplacement. B. Kam. 107a (ref. to the clause אשר יאמר … שניהם, Ex. 22:8) ע׳ פ׳ כתוב כאןוכ׳ here is a misplacement, and the words Ki hu zeh (which intimate that an oath can be administered only when the defendant admits a part of the claim) refer to the subject of loans (Ex. l. c. 24 sq.). Snh.2b אי קסבר ע׳ פ׳ … ליבעי נמי מומחין if he adopts the opinion that here is a misplaced clause (and ki hu zeh refers to loans), let him also require authorized, learned judges (אלהים)! 2) ‘Erub, a symbolical act by which the legal fiction of community or continuity is established, e. g. a) with ref. to Sabbath limits (תחומין): a person deposits, before the Sabbath (or the Holy Day), certain eatables to remain in their place over the next day, by which act he transfers his abode to that place, and his movements on the Sabbath are measured from it as the centre; b) with ref. to buildings with a common court (חצירות): the inmates contribute their share towards a dish which is deposited in one of the dwellings, by which act all the dwellings are considered as common to all (one רָשוּת), and the carrying of objects on the Sabbath from one to the other and across the court is permitted; c) with ref. to preparing meals (תבשילין) for the Sabbath on a Holy Day occurring on a Friday: a person prepares a dish on Thursday and lets it lie over until the end of the Sabbath, by which fiction all the cooking for the Sabbath which he does on the Holy Day (Friday) is merely a continuation of the preparation begun on Thursday. Erub.III, 2 השולח עֵרוּבוֹ … ביד מי שאינו מודה בע׳ if a person sends his ‘Erub (the eatables to be deposited) through a deaf mute or through one who does not believe in the Erub (e. g. a Samaritan), אינו ע׳ it is not a legal ‘Erub. Ib. 3 אין ערובו ע׳ his Erub is not legal. Ib. 5 מתנה אדם על ערובו … עֵרוּבִיוכ׳ a person may make his Sabbath centre conditional (by laying two ‘Erubs on two opposite points) and say, if gentile troops should invade from the east, my Sabbath centre shall be on the western side Ib. VI, 10 נתנו עֵרוּבָן במקוםוכ׳ if the inmates of a court placed their ‘Erub (common dish) at a certain place, but one, of the inner or of the outer court, had forgotten to contribute his share. Ib. VII, 9 בתחלת ע׳ when the common dish is in its original state; בשירי ע׳ when there are merely remnants left over. Bets.15b מי שהיה לו להניח ערובווכ׳ he who had the means to prepare and leave a dish on Thursday and does not do it; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Erub.21b בשעה שהתקין שלמה ע׳ when Solomon introduced the ‘Erub. Ib. VII, 11 עֵרוּבֵי תחומין ‘Erubs for the purpose of regulating Sabbath limits; ע׳ חצירות for the purpose of regulating the Sabbath movements of inmates of common courts. Yoma 28b קיים …אפי׳ עירובי תבשילין Abraham observed even the regulations concerning preparations for the Sabbath on a Holy Day preceding it. Bets. l. c. מי שלא היה לו להניח ע׳ תבשילין he who had not the means to prepare a dish on Thursday (v. supra). Gen. R. s. 49 אפי׳ הילכות עירובי חצירותוכ׳ Abraham knew even the laws regulating Sabbath movements among inmates of a court by means of ‘Erub; a. fr.‘Erubin, name of a treatise, of the Order of Moʿed, of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi.

Jewish literature > עֵר׳

20 ἵνα

ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.

① marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final sense

ⓐ w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):

α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.

β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.

γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.

δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.

ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.

ⓑ w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.

ⓒ ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.

ⓓ The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.

ⓔ after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.

ⓕ ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.

② marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.² 191ff]; LXX).

ⓐ after verbs w. the sense

α. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.

β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.

γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.

δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.

ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.

ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John², ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.

η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.

ⓑ after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.

ⓒ after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:

α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.

β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.

ⓓ after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.

ⓔ ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.² 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.

ⓕ ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).

ⓖ ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.

ⓗ ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).

③ marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P⁴⁷ has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).

④ marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἵνα

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

См. также в других словарях:

Dancing with the Stars — This article is about the television series. For the video game based on the American series, see Dancing with the Stars (video game). International versions of Dancing with the Stars Dancing with the Stars is the name of several international… … Wikipedia

Oxidation with chromium(VI)-amine complexes — involves the conversion of alcohols to carbonyl compounds or more highly oxidized products through the action of chromium(VI) oxide amine adducts and salts. Representative members of this family of reagents include Collins reagent, pyridinium… … Wikipedia

Neil Harvey with the Australian cricket team in England in 1948 — Neil Harvey Personal information Full name Robert Neil Harvey Nickname Ninna Born 8 October 1928 (1928 10 08) (age 83) Fitzroy, Victoria, Australia … Wikipedia

Latvia, Relations with — Latvia was incorporated into the Russian empire during the 18th century and later became one of the most developed areas within the empire. During the Russian Civil War, Latvia secured Russian and international recognition of its independence; … Historical Dictionary of the Russian Federation

Radio-frequency identification — (RFID) is a technology that uses radio waves to transfer data from an electronic tag, called RFID tag or label, attached to an object, through a reader for the purpose of identifying and tracking the object. Some RFID tags can be read from… … Wikipedia

automata theory — Body of physical and logical principles underlying the operation of any electromechanical device (an automaton) that converts information input in one form into another, or into some action, according to an algorithm. Norbert Wiener and Alan M.… … Universalium

Egypt — • Provides information on history, religion, and literature Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Egypt Egypt † … Catholic encyclopedia

Cephalopod — Cephalopods Temporal range: Devonian – Recent[1] (Stem groups from Cambrian)[2] … Wikipedia

Merseyrail — Merseyrail … Wikipedia

East Coast Main Line Route Utilisation Strategy — The East Coast Main Line Route Utilisation Strategy is a Route Utilisation Strategy (RUS), published by Network Rail in February 2008 [1][2][3] It was the seventh RUS to be produced. By default, RUSs are established by the Office of Rail… … Wikipedia

Banzai (television show) — Banzai Format Comedy Created by Gary Monaghan Country of origin United Kingdom No. of series 4 Production … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

has taken up in conjunction with

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

has taken up in conjunction with

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: